ProART en

smART M-6279
MULTIFUNCTION PROTECTION RELAY

Instruction Manual

Date Code: 661600007

Version: V4.0
2009

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Index
smART M-6279

I
www.beckwithelectric.com
Instruction Manual

CONTENTS
CONTENTS............................................................................................................................................................ I
1 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................1
1.1 PRESENTATION....................................................................................................................................1
1.2 FUNCTIONS............................................................................................................................................1
1.2.1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS ...........................................................................................................1
1.2.2 AUTOMATION FUNCTIONS ..........................................................................................................2
1.2.3 METERING FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................3
1.2.4 LOAD PROFILE (trending) .............................................................................................................3
1.2.5 WAVEFORM REGISTRATION........................................................................................................3
1.2.6 FAULT REPORT..............................................................................................................................4
1.2.7 EVENT RECORDS ...........................................................................................................................4
1.2.8 SELF DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................4
1.3 HARDWARE FEATURES ......................................................................................................................4
1.3.1 CHARACTERISTICS........................................................................................................................4
1.3.2 INTERCONNECTIONS ....................................................................................................................6
1.3.3 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................7
1.3.4 CURRENT ANALOG INPUTS..........................................................................................................7
1.3.5 VOLTAGE ANALOG INPUTS..........................................................................................................8
1.3.6 DIGITAL INPUTS (OPTO-ISOLATED)...........................................................................................8
1.3.7 DIGITAL OUTPUT ..........................................................................................................................8
1.3.8 OPERATION FREQUENCY ............................................................................................................8
1.3.9 OPERATION ENVIRONMENT........................................................................................................8
1.3.10 IP PROTECTION DEGREE.............................................................................................................9
1.3.11 GABINETE.......................................................................................................................................9
1.3.12 PRECISION......................................................................................................................................9
1.3.13 COMMUNICATION PORTS ............................................................................................................9
1.4 TESTS....................................................................................................................................................10
1.4.1 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY AND INSULATION.....................................................10
1.4.2 CLIMATE TESTS............................................................................................................................11
1.4.3 MECHANICAL TESTS ...................................................................................................................11
1.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................11
1.6 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................13
1.7 ABOUT THIS USER GUIDE ................................................................................................................23
2 PROTECTION, CONTROL AND METERING FUNCTIONS ...............................................................1
2.1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS..................................................................................................................1
2.1.1 PHASE OVERCURRENT ELEMENTS ............................................................................................1
2.1.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................... 1
2.1.1.2 TIME-OVERCURRENT CURVES............................................................................................................. 1
2.1.1.3 INSTANTANEOUS/DEFINITE-TIME OVERCURRENT ELEMENTS.................................................... 2
2.1.1.4 SETTING RANGES OF THE TIME CHARACTERISCTICS (6 GROUPS).............................................. 2
2.1.1.5 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. LOW LEVEL (6 GROUPS) ... 3
2.1.1.6 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. HIGH LEVEL (6 GROUPS) .. 3
2.1.2 NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION...................................................................................3
Index Beckwith Electric Co. Inc.
smART M-6279

II
Instruction Manual

2.1.2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................3
2.1.2.2 SETTING RANGES OF THE TIME CHARACTERISCTICS (6 GROUPS) ..............................................3
2.1.2.3 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. LOW LEVEL (6 GROUPS) ...4
2.1.2.4 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. HIGH LEVEL (6 GROUPS)...4
2.1.3 SENSITIVE NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION............................................................... 4
2.1.3.2 SETTING RANGES OF THE TIME CHARACTERISCTICS (6 GROUPS) ..............................................4
2.1.4 DIRECTIONALITY .......................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.4.1 CONFIGURATION......................................................................................................................................5
2.1.4.2 PHASE DIRECTIONALITY DETERMINATION......................................................................................6
2.1.4.3 NEUTRAL DIRECTIONALITY DETERMINATION................................................................................7
2.1.4.4 PHASE TO PHASE FAULT TREATMENT ...............................................................................................8
2.1.5 NEGATIVE SECUENCE INSTANTANEOUS/DEFINITE-TIME OVER-CURRENT ELEMENTS.. 8
2.1.5.2 SETTING RANGES OF TIME CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS) ...........................................................8
2.1.5.3 SETTING RANGES OF INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS) ....................................8
2.1.6 OPEN PHASE PROTECTION......................................................................................................... 8
2.1.6.2 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)...............................................................................................................9
2.1.7 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION..................................................................................................... 9
2.1.7.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS).........................................................................................................9
2.1.8 UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION.................................................................................................. 9
2.1.8.1.1 2.1.8.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)..........................................................................................9
2.1.9 NEUTRAL OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION................................................................................. 10
2.1.9.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................10
2.1.9.1.1 2.1.8.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)........................................................................................10
2.1.10 VOLTAGE UNBALANCE PROTECTION..................................................................................... 10
2.1.10.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................10
2.1.10.2 SETTING RANGES OF TIME CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS) .....................................................10
2.1.10.3 SETTING RANGES OF INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS) ..............................10
2.1.11 FREQUENCY PROTECTION ....................................................................................................... 10
2.1.11.1 MINIMUM FREQUENCY....................................................................................................................11
2.1.11.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................11
2.1.11.1.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS) ...................................................................................................................11
2.1.11.2 MAXIMUM FREQUENCY ..................................................................................................................11
2.1.11.2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................11
2.1.11.2.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS) ...................................................................................................................11
2.1.12 POWER INVERSION PROTECTION............................................................................................ 11
2.1.12.2 SETTING RANGES OF INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS) ..............................11
2.1.13 SYNCROCHECK ........................................................................................................................... 12
2.1.13.2 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS) ........................................................................................................12
2.1.14 RECLOSER.................................................................................................................................... 12
2.1.14.2 DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................................................13
2.1.14.3 OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................13
2.1.14.4 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS) ........................................................................................................15
2.1.14.5 SETTINGS FOR EACH RECLOSING (1, 2, 3, 4) ................................................................................15
2.1.14.6 FUNCTION DISABLE FOR EACH RECLOSURE (1, 2, 3 Y 4) .........................................................16
2.1.14.7 OTHER OPERATION FEATURES ......................................................................................................16
2.1.14.8 HIGH CURRENT LOCKUP..................................................................................................................17
2.1.14.8.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................17
2.1.14.8.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS) ...................................................................................................................17
2.1.15 COLD LOAD PICKUP.................................................................................................................. 17
2.1.15.1 DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................................17
smART M-6279

III
Instruction Manual

2.1.15.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS)....................................................................................................................... 17
2.2 OTHER FUNCTIONS............................................................................................................................18
2.2.1 BREAKER FAILURE (50BF) .........................................................................................................18
2.2.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................... 18
2.2.1.2 SETTING RANGEs (6 GROUPS) ............................................................................................................. 18
2.2.2 BREAKER MONITOR (74TC/CC) .................................................................................................19
2.2.2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................... 19
2.2.2.2 SETTING RANGEs (6 GROUPS) ............................................................................................................. 19
2.2.3 MELTING FUSE ............................................................................................................................19
2.2.3.1 RANGO DE AJUSTES (1 TABLA)........................................................................................................... 19
2.2.4 FAULT PASS..................................................................................................................................19
2.2.4.1 SETTING RANGES (1 GROUP)............................................................................................................... 20
2.2.5 SECTIONALIZER...........................................................................................................................20
2.2.6 FUSE FAILURE.............................................................................................................................21
2.3 METERING FUNCTIONS ....................................................................................................................21
2.3.1 DEMAND INTEGRATION.............................................................................................................21
2.3.1.1 DEMAND INTEGRATION....................................................................................................................... 22
2.3.1.1.1 NON ROLLED OR DIRECT INTEGRATION.................................................................................... 22
2.3.1.1.2 ROLLED INTEGRATION................................................................................................................... 22
2.3.1.2 THERMAL DEMAND............................................................................................................................... 23
2.3.2 LOAD PROFILE (TRENDING)......................................................................................................24
2.3.2.1 PARAMETERS GROPUP ......................................................................................................................... 24
2.3.2.1.1 MEASURES (ACTUAL VALUES)..................................................................................................... 24
2.3.2.1.2 ACCUMULATORS ............................................................................................................................. 26
2.3.3 MEASURES (WAVEFORMS) .........................................................................................................27
2.4 CONTROL FUNCTIONS......................................................................................................................27
2.4.1 DISTRIBUTION CIRCUITS RECONFIGURATION ALGORITHMS ............................................27
2.4.1.1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................... 27
2.4.1.2 LINK SEARCHER WITH COMMUNICATION ...................................................................................... 27
2.4.1.2.1 CONFIGURATION.............................................................................................................................. 28
2.4.1.2.2 COORDINATION CONSIDERATIONS............................................................................................. 28
2.4.1.3 PUTTING IN SERVICE ............................................................................................................................ 30
2.4.2 AUXILIAR VOLTAGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................................30
2.4.2.1 PROTECTION CONFIGURATION FOR BATTERY TESTS.................................................................. 31
2.4.2.2 BATTERY TEST ACTIVATION.............................................................................................................. 31
2.4.2.2.1 THROUGH FRONTAL BUTTON....................................................................................................... 31
2.4.2.2.2 THROUGH REMOTE COMMAND ................................................................................................... 32
2.4.2.2.3 AUTOMATIC TEST............................................................................................................................ 32
2.4.2.3 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................................ 32
2.4.2.4 BATTERY TEST OPERATION................................................................................................................ 32
2.5 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONS.........................................................................................................32
2.5.1 INTERNAL SELF-DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................32
2.5.2 TEST MODE...................................................................................................................................33
3 DEVICE CONFIGURATION.......................................................................................................................1
3.1 CONFIGURATION THROUGH SOFTWARE.......................................................................................1
3.1.1 SOFTWARE INITIALIZATION.........................................................................................................1
3.2 GENERAL SETTINGS............................................................................................................................3
3.3 SETTINGS GROUPS...............................................................................................................................4
3.3.1 HIGH/LOW INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT (50)...................................................................5
3.3.2 TIME OVERCURRENT (51) ............................................................................................................6
3.3.3 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE OVERCURRENT (50q, 51q)....................................................................9
3.3.4 DIRECTIONAL (67/67N/67NS)........................................................................................................9
3.3.5 OPEN PHASE (46FA) ....................................................................................................................10
3.3.6 UNDERVOLTAGE (27)..................................................................................................................10
3.3.7 OVERVOLTAGE (59).....................................................................................................................11
smART M-6279

IV
Instruction Manual

3.3.8 Neutral overvoltage (59n).............................................................................................................. 12
3.3.9 UNBALANCE OF VOLTAGES (47) .............................................................................................. 12
3.3.10 FREQUENCY (81)......................................................................................................................... 13
3.3.10.1 MINIMUM/MAXIMUM FREQUENCY ..............................................................................................13
3.3.10.2 FREQUENCY DERIVATIVE (81D) ....................................................................................................14
3.3.11 DIRECTIONAL POWER (32) ........................................................................................................ 14
3.3.12 SYNCROCHECK (25).................................................................................................................... 15
3.3.13 RECLOSER RELAY (79)................................................................................................................ 15
3.3.14 COLD LOAD PICKUP.................................................................................................................. 17
3.3.15 USER CURVES.............................................................................................................................. 19
3.4 OTHER FUNCTIONS........................................................................................................................... 20
3.4.1 BREAKER FAILURE (50BF) ........................................................................................................ 20
3.4.2 BREAKER MONITOR ................................................................................................................... 20
3.4.3 MELTING FUSES.......................................................................................................................... 21
3.4.4 FAULT PASS ................................................................................................................................. 21
3.4.5 SECTIONALIZER.......................................................................................................................... 22
3.4.6 NETWORK RECONFIGURATION................................................................................................ 22
3.5 LOGICAL FUNCTIONS....................................................................................................................... 22
3.6 DIGITAL INPUTS PROGRAMMATION............................................................................................ 24
3.7 OUTPUTS PROGRAMMING.............................................................................................................. 25
3.8 LEDS PROGRAMMING ...................................................................................................................... 28
3.9 KEYS PROGRAMMING...................................................................................................................... 28
3.10 COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGS....................................................................................................... 29
3.10.1 DNP AND MODBUS PROTOCOLS SETTING............................................................................. 29
3.10.1.1 GENERAL PARAMETERS ..................................................................................................................29
3.10.1.2 PARAMETERS .....................................................................................................................................31
3.10.2 IEC 60870-5-101 PROTOCOL SETTINGS ................................................................................... 32
3.10.2.2 ADDRESSES.........................................................................................................................................32
3.10.2.3 PARAMETERS .....................................................................................................................................32
3.10.3 HARRIS PROTOCOL SETTINGS.................................................................................................. 33
3.10.3.2 PARAMETERS .....................................................................................................................................33
3.10.4 COMMUNICATION PORTS ......................................................................................................... 33
3.10.5 TCP/IP SETTINGS ........................................................................................................................ 34
3.10.5.1 GENERAL IP SETTINGS.....................................................................................................................35
3.10.5.2 DNP SETTINGS....................................................................................................................................35
3.10.5.3 MODBUS SETTINGS...........................................................................................................................36
3.10.5.4 PROPRIETARY PROTOCOL SETTINGS ...........................................................................................37
3.11 WAVEFORM RECORD CONFIGURATION...................................................................................... 37
3.12 MEASUREMENT SETTING................................................................................................................ 38
3.13 IRIG-B SYNCHRONIZATION ............................................................................................................ 40
3.14 SEQUENCE/RECORD EVENTS ......................................................................................................... 40
3.15 AUXILIARY VOLTAGE TEST ........................................................................................................... 41
3.16 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME ................................................................................................................ 42
3.17 VIEWING OPTIONS............................................................................................................................ 42
3.17.1 PROTECTION STATUS................................................................................................................. 42
3.17.2 MEASURES ................................................................................................................................... 43
3.17.2.1 DEMAND METERING.........................................................................................................................43
3.17.2.2 WAVEFORM.........................................................................................................................................44
3.17.2.3 PRESENT VALUES..............................................................................................................................46
3.17.2.4 POWER QUALITY (pq)........................................................................................................................46
3.17.3 LOAD PROFILE............................................................................................................................ 47
3.17.4 WAVEFORM RECORDS............................................................................................................... 47
3.17.5 FAULT RECORDS ........................................................................................................................ 49
3.17.6 EVENTS RECORD ........................................................................................................................ 50
3.17.7 BREAKER MONITOR ................................................................................................................... 51
smART M-6279

V
Instruction Manual

3.17.8 FRONT PANEL ..............................................................................................................................51
3.18 SETTING USING KEYPAD/DISPLAY ...................................................................................................51
3.18.1 ELEMENTS OF THE KEYPAD/DISPLAY UNIT...........................................................................52
3.18.2 SETTING BUTTON....................................................................................................................53
3.18.2.1 COMMUNICATIONS........................................................................................................................... 54
3.18.2.2 GENERAL............................................................................................................................................. 55
3.18.2.3 GROUP 1 TO GROUP 6: ...................................................................................................................... 56
3.18.2.4 OTHER FUNCTIONS ........................................................................................................................... 56
3.18.2.5 INPUTS.................................................................................................................................................. 57
3.18.2.6 OUTPUTS.............................................................................................................................................. 57
3.18.2.7 LEDS...................................................................................................................................................... 57
3.18.2.8 BUTTONS ............................................................................................................................................. 58
3.18.2.9 MEASUREMENT SETTINGS.............................................................................................................. 58
3.18.2.10 DISPLAY............................................................................................................................................... 58
3.18.2.11 SAVE CHANGES.................................................................................................................................. 58
3.18.2.12 PARAMETERS, RANGES AND INCREASES OF SETTINGS MENU.......................................... 59
3.18.3 MED BUTTON...........................................................................................................................64
3.18.3.1 INSTANTANEOUS............................................................................................................................... 64
3.18.3.2 PQ INSTANTANEOUS......................................................................................................................... 64
3.18.3.3 STATISTICS.......................................................................................................................................... 64
3.18.3.4 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS........................................................................................................................... 65
3.18.4 FAULT BUTTON.......................................................................................................................65
3.18.4.1 FAULTS................................................................................................................................................. 65
3.18.4.2 EVENTS ................................................................................................................................................ 65
3.19 INTERNAL SIGNALS AVAILABLE ...................................................................................................66
4 DNP3 PROTOCOL PROFILE .....................................................................................................................1
4.1 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................1
4.2 DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT ...........................................................................................................2
4.3 IMPLEMENTATION TABLE.................................................................................................................3
4.4 REPORTS BY EXCEPTION...................................................................................................................7
4.5 POINT LIST.............................................................................................................................................8
4.5.1 ANALOG POINTS ............................................................................................................................8
4.5.2 COUNTERS......................................................................................................................................9
4.5.3 INPUTS ..........................................................................................................................................10
4.5.4 OUTPUTS.......................................................................................................................................26
4.5.4.1 OUTPUTS WITH SEPARATE INDEXES................................................................................................ 26
4.5.4.2 OUTPUTS WITH SIMPLE INDEX .......................................................................................................... 28
4.6 ANALOG VARIATIONS ......................................................................................................................29
4.7 COMMUNICATION SETUP ................................................................................................................29
4.7.1 FULL SCALE VALUES FOR DNP 3.0...........................................................................................30
4.7.2 DEAD BANDS................................................................................................................................31
4.7.3 SIGN OF THE POWER..................................................................................................................31
4.7.4 OUTPUTS OPERATION MODE....................................................................................................31
4.7.5 FORMAT FOR ANALOG VALUES................................................................................................31
4.7.6 16 BITS VARIATIONS RESPONSES..............................................................................................32
4.7.7 DNP PARAMETERS.......................................................................................................................32
4.8 COMMUNICATION PORT CONFIGURATION.................................................................................33
5 MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL.......................................................................................................................1
5.1 MODBUS IMPLEMENTATION.............................................................................................................1
5.2 OPERATION ...........................................................................................................................................1
5.3 SERIAL DATA FRAMES........................................................................................................................1
5.4 DATA PACKAGE FRAMES ............................................................................................................................2
5.5 TIMES......................................................................................................................................................3
5.6 FUNCTIONS IMPLEMENTED IN SMART M-6279..........................................................................................3
5.6.1 FUNCTION CODES 03 AND 04 READING OF VALUES ...........................................................3
smART M-6279

VI
Instruction Manual

5.6.2 FUNCTION CODE 05 COMMAND OPERATION ...................................................................... 4
5.6.3 FUNCTION CODE 08 DIAGNOSTICS........................................................................................ 4
5.6.4 FUNCTION CODE 16 WRITING OF VALUES ........................................................................... 5
5.6.5 EXCEPTION CODES ...................................................................................................................... 5
5.7 POINT MAP ................................................................................................................................................ 5
5.7.1 MAP................................................................................................................................................. 6
5.7.2 FORMATS........................................................................................................................................ 7
5.7.3 COMMAND EXECUTION (POINT 80) ........................................................................................ 10
5.7.4 USER MAP .................................................................................................................................... 10
5.7.5 32 AND 16 BITS ANALOG POINTS.............................................................................................. 11
5.7.6 EVENTS READING....................................................................................................................... 12
6 HARRIS 5000 PROTOCOL......................................................................................................................... 1
6.1 INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................................... 1
6.2 PROTOCOL FEATURES................................................................................................................................ 1
6.2.1 MESSAGE STRUCTURE................................................................................................................. 1
6.2.2 PORT DEFINITION........................................................................................................................ 2
6.2.3 COMPLETE MESSAGE .................................................................................................................. 2
6.2.4 FUNCTION CODE.......................................................................................................................... 3
6.3 CONFIGURATION....................................................................................................................................... 4
6.3.1 SERIAL PORT CONFIGURATION................................................................................................. 4
6.3.2 DATA PORT CONFIGURATION.................................................................................................... 4
6.3.3 FULL SCALE VALUES.................................................................................................................... 5
6.4 HR5000 IMPLEMENTATION....................................................................................................................... 7
6.4.1 IMPLEMENTED PORT TYPES....................................................................................................... 7
6.4.2 IMPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS ....................................................................................................... 7
6.4.2.1 DATA DUMP...............................................................................................................................................7
6.4.2.2 STATUS CHANGE CHECK .......................................................................................................................8
6.4.2.3 STATUS CHANGE DUMP .........................................................................................................................8
6.4.2.4 STATUS DUMP...........................................................................................................................................8
6.4.2.5 CONTROL ARM .........................................................................................................................................8
6.4.2.6 CONTROL OPERATE.................................................................................................................................8
6.4.2.7 POWER FAIL RESET .................................................................................................................................9
6.4.2.8 PORT STATUS SCAN.................................................................................................................................9
APENDIX-I. CURVES FOR TIME CHARACTERISTICS.............................................................................. 1
I.1 IEC 255-4 AND BS142 CURVES ............................................................................................................... 1
I.1.1 NORMAL INVERSE IEC CURVE.................................................................................................... 2
I.1.2 VERY INVERSE IEC CURVE.......................................................................................................... 4
I.1.3 EXTREMELY INVERSE IEC CURVE ............................................................................................. 6
I.1.4 SHORT INVERSE IEC CURVE....................................................................................................... 8
I.1.5 LONG INVERSE IEC CURVE....................................................................................................... 10
I.1.6 VERY INVERSE SPECIAL IEC CURVE ....................................................................................... 12
I.2 ANSI CURVES...................................................................................................................................... 14
I.2.1 ANSI NORMAL INVERSE ............................................................................................................. 15
I.2.2 ANSI VERY INVERSE.................................................................................................................... 17
I.2.3 ANSI EXTREMELY INVERSE....................................................................................................... 19
I.2.4 ANSI MODERATELY INVERSE................................................................................................... 21
I.3 US CURVES.......................................................................................................................................... 23
I.3.1 U1. MODERATELY INVERSE ...................................................................................................... 24
I.3.2 U2. INVERSE................................................................................................................................. 26
I.3.3 U3. VERY INVERSE...................................................................................................................... 28
I.3.4 U4. EXTREMELY INVERSE.......................................................................................................... 30
I.3.5 U5. SHORT TIME INVERSE......................................................................................................... 32
I.4 RECLOSER CURVES.............................................................................................................................. 34
I.5 OTHERS................................................................................................................................................. 35
smART M-6279

VII
Instruction Manual

I.5.1 MODERATELY INVERSE CURVE................................................................................................36
I.5.2 VERY INVERSE CURVE................................................................................................................38
I.5.3 EXTREMELY INVERSE CURVE ...................................................................................................40

FIGURES

Figure 1-1 External dimensions................................................................................................................................5
Figure 1-2 Panel drill................................................................................................................................................6
Figure 1-3 Connections of the smART M-6279 .......................................................................................................7
Figure 2-1 Directionality criterion............................................................................................................................6
Figure 2-2 Assessment interval.................................................................................................................................7
Figure 2-3 First successful reclosing ......................................................................................................................13
Figure 2-4 New cycle beginning.............................................................................................................................14
Figure 2-5 Second successfull reclosing.................................................................................................................14
Figure 2-6 Third successfull reclosing....................................................................................................................14
Figure 2-7 Moves to definitive trip.........................................................................................................................15
Figure 2-8 Moves to definitive trip due to a trip after a manual closing.................................................................15
Figure 2-9 Fault passing detection..........................................................................................................................20
Figure 2-10 Direct integration ................................................................................................................................22
Figure 2-11 Rolling integration ..............................................................................................................................22
Figure 2-12 Thermal Demand Meter ......................................................................................................................23
Figure 2-13 Calculo demanda trmica....................................................................................................................23
Figure 2-14 With communication algorithm configuration.................................................................................28
Figure 2-15 Operation of the scheme .....................................................................................................................29
Figure 2-16 Example system..................................................................................................................................29
Figure 2-17 Fault example between point 2 and 3..................................................................................................30
Figure 2-18 Reconfigured system...........................................................................................................................30
Figure 2-19 Needed connection for the battery tests ..............................................................................................31
Figure 3-1Starting window.......................................................................................................................................2
Figure 3-2 Selection of the protection ......................................................................................................................2
Figure 3-3 Protection configuration..........................................................................................................................3
Figure 3-4 General settings.......................................................................................................................................4
Figure 3-5 Low instant overcurrent (50)...................................................................................................................5
Figure 3-6 Different phase settings...........................................................................................................................6
Figure 3-7 Time overcurrent (51) .............................................................................................................................7
Figure 3-8 Time characteristic graphic.....................................................................................................................8
Figure 3-9 Example of protection coordination........................................................................................................8
Figure 3-10 Negative sequence overcurrent (50Q/51Q)...........................................................................................9
Figure 3-11 Directional (67/67N/67NS).................................................................................................................10
Figure 3-12 Open Phase (46FA).............................................................................................................................10
Figure 3-13 Undervoltage (27) ...............................................................................................................................11
Figure 3-14 Overvoltage (59) .................................................................................................................................12
Figure 3-15 Neutral overvoltage (59N) ..................................................................................................................12
Figure 3-16 Unbalance of voltages (47) .................................................................................................................13
Figure 3-17 Minimum, Maximum and Derivate Frequency ...................................................................................14
Figure 3-18 Directional power (32)........................................................................................................................14
Figure 3-19 Syncrocheck (25) ................................................................................................................................15
Figure 3-20 Recloser relay (79)..............................................................................................................................16
Figure 3-21 Cold Load Pickup ...............................................................................................................................18
Figure 3-22 User Curve ..........................................................................................................................................19
Figure 3-23 Switch-onto fault.................................................................................................................................20
Figure 3-24 Breaker monitor ..................................................................................................................................21
Figure 3-25 Melting fuses.......................................................................................................................................21
smART M-6279

VIII
Instruction Manual

Figure 3-26 Fault pass............................................................................................................................................ 21
Figure 3-27 Sectionalizer....................................................................................................................................... 22
Figure 3-28 Network reconfiguration .................................................................................................................... 22
Figure 3-29 Graphical system for the edition of the logical functions ................................................................... 23
Figure 3-30 Digital Inputs Configuration............................................................................................................... 24
Figure 3-31Digital Outputs Configuration............................................................................................................. 25
Figure 3-32 Direct Output...................................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 3-33 Time Output ....................................................................................................................................... 27
Figure 3-34 Latched output.................................................................................................................................... 27
Figure 3-35 LEDs programming............................................................................................................................ 28
Figure 3-36 Keys Programming............................................................................................................................. 29
Figure 3-37 Communications Settings................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 3-38 Configuration options......................................................................................................................... 32
Figure 3-39 Protocol IEC 60870-5-101 Settings ................................................................................................... 32
Figure 3-40 Harris Protocol Settings ..................................................................................................................... 33
Figure 3-41 Ports settings ...................................................................................................................................... 34
Figure 3-42 IP settings........................................................................................................................................... 35
Figure 3-43 DNP settings for TCP/IP.................................................................................................................... 36
Figure 3-44 MODBUS settings for TCP/IP........................................................................................................... 36
Figure 3-45 Proprietary protocol settings for TCP/IP............................................................................................ 37
Figure 3-46 Waveform records control.................................................................................................................. 38
Figure 3-47 Measurement configuration................................................................................................................ 39
Figure 3-48 Demand Configuration....................................................................................................................... 39
Figure 3-49 IRIG-B Synchronization Configuration ............................................................................................. 40
Figure 3-50 Sequence/Record Events .................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 3-51 Auxiliary Voltage Test ....................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 3-52 Daylight saving time configuration .................................................................................................... 42
Figure 3-53 View Menu......................................................................................................................................... 42
Figure 3-54 Protection Status ................................................................................................................................ 43
Figure 3-55 Demands............................................................................................................................................. 44
Figure 3-56 Waveform........................................................................................................................................... 45
Figure 3-57 Present Values.................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 3-58 Power Quality..................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 3-59 Load Profile ....................................................................................................................................... 47
Figure 3-60 Waveform record of a fault ................................................................................................................ 47
Figure 3-61 Digital signals activated during the fault ............................................................................................ 48
Figure 3-62 Flag Status.......................................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 3-63 Phasors graphic .................................................................................................................................. 49
Figure 3-64 Fault record ........................................................................................................................................ 49
Figure 3-65 Events Record .................................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 3-66 Breaker monitor ................................................................................................................................. 51
Figure 3-67 Front panel of the smART M-6279 relay........................................................................................... 52
Figure 4-1Device profile required in the protocol documentation. .......................................................................... 3
Figure 4-2 Communication setup........................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 4-3 Point configuration table ...................................................................................................................... 32
Figure 4-4 Communication ports configuration..................................................................................................... 33
Figure 5-1 MODBUS serial port configuration ....................................................................................................... 2
Figure 5-2 Output configuration .............................................................................................................................. 4
Figure 5-3 Analog parameter configurarion table.................................................................................................... 9
Figure 5-4 Scale configuration............................................................................................................................... 11
Figure 6-1 Serial port configuration for HR5000 .................................................................................................... 4
Figure 6-2 Port and information point configuration............................................................................................... 5
Figure 6-3 Scale configuration................................................................................................................................. 6
Figure 1 Normal inverse IEC Curve ........................................................................................................................ 3
Figure 2 Very inverse IEC Curve ............................................................................................................................ 5
smART M-6279

IX
Instruction Manual

Figure 3 Extremely inverse IEC curve......................................................................................................................7
Figure 4 Short inverse IEC curve .............................................................................................................................9
Figure 5 Long inverse IEC curve............................................................................................................................11
Figure 6 Very inverse special IEC curve ................................................................................................................13
Figure 7 Normal inverse ANSI curve .....................................................................................................................16
Figure 8 Very inverse ANSI curve .........................................................................................................................18
Figure 9 Extremely inverse ANSI curve.................................................................................................................20
Figure 10 Moderately inverse ANSI curve.............................................................................................................22
Figure 11 U1. Moderately inverse US curve ..........................................................................................................25
Figure 12 U2. Inverse US curve .............................................................................................................................27
Figure 13 U3. Very inverse US curve.....................................................................................................................29
Figure 14 U4. Extremely inverse US curve ............................................................................................................31
Figure 15 U5. Short time inverse US curve............................................................................................................33
Figure 16 Moderately inverse curve .......................................................................................................................37
Figure 17 Very inverse curve .................................................................................................................................39
Figure 18 Extremely inverse curve.........................................................................................................................41

TABLES
Table 1-1 Examples of waveform record configuration ...........................................................................................4
Table 2-1Actual Group...........................................................................................................................................24
Table 4-1 Implementation of functions / objects and qualifiers................................................................................7
Table 6-1 HR5000 Functions ...................................................................................................................................3
Table 6-2 Functions supported by the smART M-6279 ...........................................................................................7

smART M-6279

X
Instruction Manual

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Introduction
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PRESENTATION
The smART M-6279 is a distribution lines relay based on microprocessor and it is a basic element of
protection, control and measurement of medium voltage electrical positions. Protection, measure and
waveform functions are added among other features. The settings for the different functions can be done
through proART software or through the buttons on the front panel.

1.2 FUNCTIONS
The relay accomplishes a collection of functions that can be classified in the following areas:
Protection
Automatism
Metering
Load profile
Waveform registration
Fault record
Event record
Self diagnosis
The mentioned functions will be briefly described now:

1.2.1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
The smART M-6279 relay offers the following protection functions:
Phase Instantaneous/Definite-Time Overcurrent Elements (3x50)
Phase Time-Overcurrent Elements (3 x 51)
Directional phase overcurrent protection (3 x 67)
Neutral Overcurrent Protection (50N/51N)
Directional Neutral overcurrent protection (67N)
Introduction Beckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual
Sensitive Neutral Overcurrent Protection (50NS/51NS)
Directional Sensitive Neutral overcurrent protection (67NS)
Negative sequence overcurrent protection (50Q/51Q)
Open phase protection (46FA)
Phase undervoltage protection (3 x 27)
Phase overvoltage protection (3x 59)
Neutral overvoltage protection (59N)
Unbalance protection of voltage (3x47)
Minimum (81m), Maximum (81M) and Derivate (81D) frequency protection
Directional Power protection (32)
Cold Load Pickup
Breaker Failure (50BF)
Breaker Monitor (74TC/CC)
Fault locator

1.2.2 AUTOMATION FUNCTIONS
The smART M-6279 relay offers the following automatisms
4 step Recloser with 3 phase drive
4 step Recloser with single phase drive
Synchrocheck (25)
High Current Lockup
Melting Fuses
Fault Pass
Sectionalizer
TIE-Hunter algorithm:
o With communication
o Communication less
smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual
1.2.3 METERING FUNCTIONS
The smART M-6279 relay offers the following measurement functions:

Instantaneous values of the current for three phases, neutral an sensitive neutral
Line and phase voltages
Auxiliary voltage and battery voltage
Active, reactive, apparent single and 3 phase power
Active energy consumed and delivered
Reactive energy in quadrants I and III
Single phase and 3 phase power factor
Frequency and phase sequence
Thermal and Rolling Demand Meters of: Input Currents and voltages, power factor, active,
reactive and apparent power, calculated per phase or 3 phased
Sequence current and voltage magnitudes
Power system harmonic components, THD, Fc, Fd of current and voltage for each phase
Negative-sequence of voltage and current signals
Equipment temperature
Statistical data related to the operation and supervision of the equipment.

1.2.4 LOAD PROFILE (TRENDING)
The smART M-6279 relay can store in non volatile memory up to 25 user selected parameters, selectables from
the groups of instant values or energy accumulators, in time intervals between 1 and 60 minutes, with 1 minute
steps. 3000 registers can be stored.

1.2.5 WAVEFORM REGISTRATION
The smART M-6279 relay offers the registration of associated to fault or user selected signal current
and voltage waveform capture.
Samples per cycle are configurable (16 or 32), as well as the number of saved cycles (1 to 2100; 1 to
1110) and the number of prefault cycles (1 to 20).
Table 1-1 shows different examples of possible combinations:

smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual
Number of samples
by cycle
Number of cycles
to record
Maximum number of
waveforms records
Totally waveforms
records
16 2100 7 14 700
16 20 255 5 100
32 1110 7 7 770
32 20 170 3400

Table 1-1 Examples of waveform record configuration

1.2.6 FAULT REPORT
The smART M-6279 relay allows the registration of last 32 faults with the following information:
Pickup, trip and extinction date, and fault duration
Voltage and current signals valued for each phase, neutral and sensitive neutral during prefault,
trip and limit values (maximum or minimum depending on each case)
Trip cause
Pickup elements protection that were activated
Active group
Fault directionality

1.2.7 EVENT RECORDS
The smART M-6279 relay can record and store up to 3500 events related to the operation of protection:
changes in configuration, states of the digital inputs and outputs, pickup and/or operation of protection
functions, automatism, statistics, etc.
Each event contains its corresponding voltage and current signals rms values. The user can limit the
events stored disabling those considered less important.
1.2.8 SELF DIAGNOSIS
The relay includes several self diagnosis routines that enable the detection of possible hardware failures.
It also includes a test mode which makes possible to check if the LED, Input, Outputs, Display and
Keyboard are working properly.

1.3 HARDWARE FEATURES
1.3.1 CHARACTERISTICS

smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

Figure 1-1 External dimensions
smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

1.3.2 INTERCONNECTIONS

The possible interconnections of the smART M-6279 relay are shown in the Figure 1-3
.

Figure 1-2 Panel drill
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

1.3.3 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY
24/48 Vdc. Range: 18-60Vdc.
Option: 125/220 Vdc Range: 86-280Vdc.
1.3.4 CURRENT ANALOG INPUTS
3 inputs for phase current and 1 input for neutral or sensitive neutral current. In case of the use
of sensitive neutral current, the neutral current will be calculated as the fasorial addition of the
three phase currents.

Figure 1-3 Connections of the smART M-6279
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual
Phase current. Features
I nominal = 1 A, option 5A
I continuous = 20A, option 100A
I short duration = 250A (1 cycle)
Sensitive neutral current. Features
I nominal = 5 mA, option 25mA
I continuous = 5A, option 25A
I short duration = 250A (1 cycle)
1.3.5 VOLTAGE ANALOG INPUTS
3 voltage inputs.
V
L-N
: 6,5 Vca (burden almost null), opctional: 120 V, burden less than 0,1VA.
1.3.6 DIGITAL INPUTS (OPTO-ISOLATED)
11 programmable inputs (extendable to 20)
Voltaje range: 18 - 60 Vcc, opctional: 86 280 Vcc.
1.3.7 DIGITAL OUTPUT
10 contact outputs (extendable to 14): 8 NO type A (extendable to 12), 2 outputs Type C
Features:
240Vac / 250Vdc
Make: 30A - 0.2 sec
Carry: 10A continuous
Pickup time: <8ms
Dropout time: <5ms
1 Opto-isolated output, solid state type A , capacity 0.030 A @ 120Vca
1.3.8 OPERATION FREQUENCY
50 / 60 Hz.
1.3.9 OPERATION ENVIRONMENT
Operation: -25C to +55C.
Storage: -40 to 70C.
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual
Relative humidity: Up to 95% without condensation.
1.3.10 IP PROTECTION DEGREE
IP40.
1.3.11 GABINETE
5 U height and 1/3 rack of 19"
1.3.12 PRECISION
0,5% for measurement
3% for protection
1.3.13 COMMUNICATION PORTS
3 ports: Front: RS 232 port; Rear: RS 232 and RS 485 or optical fibre.
Time synchronization port
IRIG - B (b000)
Input: Demodulated
Input level: TTL
Isolation: 500V
RJ45 Ethernet port (optional)
600 ohm impedance isolated transformer interface
Isolation: 500 V
Female RJ45 connector
Communication speed: 10/100 Mb
Cable type: Shielded
Max. cable length: 100 m
Display: LCD 16 x 2 with configurable contrast.
LEDs: 18 programmable
Keyboard: 20 buttons
Fix buttons: I, O, L/R, , ESC, , , , Ajuste, Med, Falla, Reset
Programmable buttons: F1 to F7
Protocols
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual
Front port: Proprietary protocol, DNP 3.0 Level 2 slave
Rear ports: DNP3.0 level 2 slave, Modbus RTU, IEC 60870-5-101, Harris 5000
Ethernet optional port: DNP 3.0 TCP/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, IEC 60870-5-104
Setting groups : 6
1.4 TESTS
1.4.1 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY AND INSULATION
Radioelectrical emissions driven to DC power
supply terminals measure.
IEC 60255-25 (2000), EN 55022 (1998) +
A1 (2000) + A2 (2003). Class A
Radiated radioelectrical emissions measure IEC 60255-25 (2000), EN 55022 (1998) +
A1 (2000) + A2 (2003). Class A.
Measurements at 3m distance between
aerial an EBP with limits conversion as in
EN 55022.
Electrostatic discharge immunity test IEC 60255-22-2 (1996), IEC 61000-4-2
(1995) + A1 (1998) + A2 (2000) for 8 kV
levels in contact mode and y 15 kV in air
mode.
Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
immunity test
IEC 61000-4-3 (2006), frequencies from
80 to 1000 MHz with levels of 10 V/m and
from 1400 to 3000 MHz with levels of 3
V/m.
Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test IEC 61000-4-4 (2004) for 4kV levels.
Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by
radio-frequency fields
IEC 61000-4-6 (1996) + A1 (2000) for 10
V rms levels.
Immunity to crush signals (surges) test IEC 61000-4-5 (1995) + A1 (2000) for 4
kV levels in common mode and 2 kV in
differential mode.
Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage
variations on d.c. input power port immunity tests
IEC 61000-4-29 (2000).
Ripple on d.c. input power port immunity test IEC 61000-4-17 (2002)
Power frequency 60 Hz magnetic field immunity
test
IEC 61000-4-8 (2001)
Damped oscillatory magnetic field immunity test IEC 61000-4-10 (2001)
Oscillatory waves immunity test IEC 61000-4-12 (1995) for 2.5 kV levels
in common mode and 1 kV in differential
mode.
1 MHz burst immunity tests. IEC 60255-22-1 (2005) for 2.5 kV levels
in common mode and 1 kV in differential
mode.
Dielectric strength measure IEC 60255-5 (2000) for 2k Vac (50Hz)
levels.
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual
Insulation resistance measurement IEC 60255-5 (2000)
Voltage impulse test

IEC 60255-5 (2000) with levels of 5 kV
in common mode and 5kV in differential
mode.
1.4.2 CLIMATE TESTS
Dry heat test (working mode). IEC 60068-2-2 (1974) +A (1976) +A1 (1993) +A2 (1994). Basic
procedures of enviromental tests. Part 2. Tests. Test Bd: Dry Heat at 55C for 16 hours in working mode.
Cold tests (working mode). IEC 60068-2-1 (1990) +A1 (1993) +A2 (1994). Part 2: Enviromental tests.
Part 2: Tests. Test Ad: Cold at -25C for 16 hours in working mode.
Dry heat test (storage mode). IEC 60068-2-2 (1974) +A (1976) +A1 (1993) +A2 (1994). Basic
procedures of enviromental tests. Part 2. Tests. Test Bb: Dry Heat at 70C for 16 hours in storage mode.
Cyclical wet heat test (cycle of 12 + 12 hours). IEC 60068-2-30 (2005). Enviromental tests. Part 2:
Tests. Test Db and guide: cyclical wet heat test at max. temperature of 55C (6 cycles of 12 + 12 hours).
Cold test (storage mode). IEC 60068-2-1 (1990) +A1 (1993) +A2 (1994). Part 2: Enviromental tests.
Part 2: Tests. Test Ab: Cold at -40C for 16 hours in storage mode.

1.4.3 MECHANICAL TESTS
Vibration test (sinusoidals) IEC 60255-21-1 (1998) Class II
Crush and jolt test IEC 60255-21-2 (1988) Class II
IP degree protection test IEC 60529/89 + A1/99. IP40 tests.

1.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Figure 1-4 shows the block diagram of the smART M-6279 protection.

smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual
The core of the relay is a DSP (a CPU optimized for digital signal processing). This is the
intelligence of the smART M-6279. The DSP runs the protection, measure, storage and
communications algorithm. A Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) complements the DSP,
helping in the control tasks of the signal acquisition, input/output ports, buttons control and light
indicators (LEDs), IRIG-B signal decoding and some of the basic calculations for protection
functions.
As a complement for the core compound by the DSP and the FPGA, the smART M-6279
contains the following elements:
FLASH memory (up to 8MB). Stores the operative program of the relay (firmware), the
configuration and historical data. The Flash memory retains its contents even when the
equipment has no power supply. However, its contents may be modified, so the
firmware can be updated at the installation, without changing hardware.
SRAM memory (1MB). Stores information that is modified in a very fast way. A
lithium battery allows retaining the data even when there is no power supply.
DRAM memory (8MB). Stores dynamic data that can be lost if the power supply is
interrupted.
QUART. This is a device that gives the smART M-6279 serial port connections. 4 ports
are available, up to now 3 of them are used.
Analog signal acquisition. This is compound by the inputs and a set of filters and
amplifiers that make the signal conditioning for the A/D converter (AD block in the
diagram). This converter is a device that transforms voltage and current signals to
digital values that can be processed by the smART M-6279.
In addition to the mentioned elements, the equipment is completed with digital inputs,
digital outputs, the keyboard of 20 buttons, LED indicators, liquid crystal display, a
temperature sensor and IRIG-B input.
The smART M-6279 runs the protection algorithms each of cycle, reaching reliable and fast
execution times.

Figure 1-1 Block diagram of smART M-6279 relay
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual

1.6 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
ANSI/IEEE Code Function Setting Range Increase Precision
High/Low Instantaneous Overcurrent
Phase/Neutral
Pickup
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10mA or
0,5%
Sensitive Neutral
Pickup
0.025 to 50 A 0.001 A 1mA or
0,5 %

Constant Time 0 to 60 s 0.01 s Half
Cycle

Time Overcurrent
Phase/Neutral
Pickup
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10mA or
0,5%
Sensitive Neutral
Pickup
0.025 to 50 A 0.001 A 1mA or
0,5 %
Curve IEC/ANSI/US
CURVE/RECLOSER/OTHERS/
USER 1/USER 2/ USER 3/USER
4/ CONSTANT TIME
- -
IEC Curve
Curve Family Standard Inverse
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Time Inverse
Long Time Inverse
Especial Very Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.05 to 1.09 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
ANSI Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Moderately Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
US Curve
Curve Family U1. Moderately Inverse
U2. Inverse
U3. Very Inverse
U4. Extremely Inverse
U5. Short Time Inverse

Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
Recloser Curve
Recloser cont.

Feature
Type R/RV/RX
- -
51
50
smART M-6279

14
Instruction Manual
101;102;103;104;105;106;107;111;
112;113;114;116;117;118;119;120;
121;122;131;132;133;134;135;136;
137;138;140;141;142;151;152;161;
162;163;164;165;200;201;202
Curve Family
25Amp;3Amp;50Amp;70Amp;
100Amp; 140Amp;160Amp;
185Amp;225Amp;280Amp;
280XAmp;400Amp;400XAmp;
560Amp; 560XAmp
- -
Other Curves
Curve Family Very Inverse
Moderately Inverse
Extremely Inverse
-
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
Constant Time Curve
cycle

Negative Sequence Overcurrent
Negative Sequence Instantaneous Overcurrent
Pickup I2 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10mA or
0,5%
cycle

Negative Sequence Time-Overcurrent
Pickup I2 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10mA or
0,5%
Curve IEC/ANSI/US
4/ CONSTANT TIME
- -
IEC Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Time Inverse
Long Time Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.05 to 1.09 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
ANSI Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Moderately Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -

Electromechanical NO/YES - -
50
Q
51
Q
smART M-6279

15
Instruction Manual
Reset Delay
US Curve
U2. Inverse
U3. Very Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
Recloser Curve
Feature Recloser cont. - -
Type R/RV/RX
Curve Family 101;102;103;104;105;106;107;111;
112;113;114;116;117;118;119;120;
121;122;131;132;133;134;135;136;
137;138;140;141;142;151;152;161;
162;163;164;165;200;201;202
- -
560Amp; 560XAmp
- -
Other Curves
Moderately Inverse
Extremely Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Electromechanical
Reset Delay
NO/YES - -
Constant Time Curve
cycle

Directional
Enabled Direction Forward /
Backward / Bi-
directional
- -
Neutral Faults
Algorithm
Present residual
Present residual
prefault
- -
Maximum Torque
Angle (Ph-N
Faults)
0 to 90 0.01 0.3

Maximum Torque
Angle (Ph-Ph
Faults)
0 to 90 0.01 0.3

67
67
NS
67
N
smART M-6279

16
Instruction Manual
Open Phase
Pickup 0.1 to 0.5 (p.u. of
I
2
/I
1
)
0.01 (p.u. of I
2
/I
1
) 0,5%

Constant Time 0.05 to 300 s 0.01 s Half cycle

Undervoltage (#1 to #4 steps)
Pickup 60 to 300 V 0.001 V 10mA or 0,5%

Constant Time 0 to 60 s 0.01 s Half cycle

Overvoltage (#1 to #4 steps)
Pickup 60 to 300 V 0.001 V 20 mV or 0,5%


Neutral Overvoltage
Pickup 60 to 300 V 0.001 V 20 mV or 0,5%

Additional time 0 to 6500 s 0.1 s Half cycle

Voltage Unbalance
Voltage Unbalance
Pickup 0.1 to 0.5 (% de
V
2
/V
1
)
0.01 (% de V
2
/V
1
) 0,5%

Inverse Sequence

47
59
27
46
OP
59
N
smART M-6279

17
Instruction Manual
Frequency (#1 to #4 steps)
Minimum/Maximum Frequency
Pickup 46 to 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 0.03 Hz
Constant Time 0.05 to 600 s 0.01 s 1 cycle
Hysteresis 0 to 1 Hz 0.1 Hz -

Frequency Derivative
Supervisory Max.
Frequency
40 to 70 Hz 0.01 Hz 0.03 Hz
Supervisory min.
Current
0 to 100 A 0.1 A 10 mA or 0,5%
Pickup 0.2 to 5 (Hz/s) 0.05 Hz/s 0.05 Hz/s 5%
Additional Time 0 to 2 s 0.01 s 1 cycle

Pickup Cycle
Number
3 to 15 cycles 1 cycles -
Directional Power
Pickup -30000 to 30000
W
0.1 W 1 W

Additional Time 0 to 600 s 0.01 s Half cycle

Synchrocheck
Reference Phase Phase A/B/C - -

Undervoltage Permission
No tension on the
line nor on the bar
NO/YES - -
No tension on the
line, yes on the
bar
NO/YES - -
No tension on the
bar, yes on the
line
NO/YES - -
Minimum line
voltage
10 to 200 V 0.1 V 20 mV or 0,5%
Minimum bar
voltage
10 to 200 V 0.1 V 20 mV or 0,5%

Synchrocheck Permission
Conditions
fulfilling time
0 to 100 s 1 s Half cycle
Magnitude
Difference
0 to 300 V 0.01 V 30 mV or 0,5%
Angle Difference 0 to 90 0.1 0.3

Frequency
Difference
0 to 2 Hz 0.001 Hz 0.03 Hz
25
81
m/
M
81
D
32
smART M-6279

18
Instruction Manual

Recloser Relay
Global
In service NO/YES - -
Sequence
coordinator
NO/YES - -
Number of
recloses
1 to 4 1 -
Reset time after
aut. reclose (Ph-
Ph faults)
1 to 600 s 1 s Half
cycle
Reset time after
aut. reclose (Ph-
Gr faults)
1 to 600 s 1 s Half
cycle
Reset time after
manual reclose
1 to 600 s 1 s Half
cycle

High current lock-out (Phase)
Pickup 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or
0,5%
cycle
Apply after first
pickup
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 1
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 2
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 3
NO/YES - -

High current lock-out (Neutral)
Pickup 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or
0,5%
cycle
Apply after first
pickup
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 1
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 2
NO/YES - -
Apply after
Reclose 3
NO/YES - -

#1 to #4 Trips
Time delay
Time delay (Ph-
Ph faults)
0.1 to 600 s 0.01 s Half
cycle
Time delay (Ph-
Gr faults)
0.1 to 600 s 0.01 s Half
cycle

Trip curve after closing (Phases/Neutral/Sensitive Neutral)
79
smART M-6279

19
Instruction Manual
Curve IEC/ANSI/US
4/ CONSTANT TIME
- -
IEC Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Time Inverse
Long Time Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.05 to 1.09 0.01 -
ANSI Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Moderately Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
US Curve
U2. Inverse
U3. Very Inverse

Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Recloser Curve
Type R/RV/RX
Curve Family 101;102;103;104;105;106;107;111;
112;113;114;116;117;118;119;120;
121;122;131;132;133;134;135;136;
137;138;140;141;142;151;152;161;
162;163;164;165;200;201;202
- -
560Amp; 560XAmp
- -
Other Curves
Moderately Inverse
Extremely Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Constant Time
Curve

cycle

smART M-6279

20
Instruction Manual
Cold Load Pickup
General Settings
Cold Load Time 0 to 10000 s 1 s Half
cycle
Pickup Time 0.1 to 3600 s 0.01 s Half
cycle

Phase/Neutral Instantaneous Overcurrent
Pickup 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or
0,5%
cycle
Sensitive Neutral Instantaneous Overcurrent
Pickup 0.025 to 50 A 0.001 A 1 mA or
0,5%
cycle

Phase/Neutral Time-Overcurrent
Pickup 0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or
0,5%
Curve IEC/ANSI/US
4/ CONSTANT TIME
- -
IEC Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Time Inverse
Long Time Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.05 to 1.09 0.01 -
ANSI Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Moderately Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
US Curve
U2. Inverse
U3. Very Inverse

Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Recloser Curve
Type R/RV/RX

Curve Family 101;102;103;104;105;106;107;111
;
112;113;114;116;117;118;119;120
;
121;122;131;132;133;134;135;13
- -
smART M-6279

21
Instruction Manual
6;
137;138;140;141;142;151;152;16
1; 162;163;164;165;200;201;202
560Amp; 560XAmp
- -
Other Curves
Moderately Inverse
Extremely Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Constant Time Curve
cycle

Sensitive Neutral Time-Overcurrent
Pickup 0.025 to 50 A 0.001 A 1 mA
0.5%
Curve IEC/ANSI/US
4/ CONSTANT TIME
- -
IEC Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Time Inverse
Long Time Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.05 to 1.09 0.01 -
ANSI Curve
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Moderately Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
US Curve
U2. Inverse
U3. Very Inverse

Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Recloser Curve
Type R/RV/RX - -
Curve Family 101;102;103;104;105;106;107;111
;
112;113;114;116;117;118;119;120
;
121;122;131;132;133;134;135;13
6;
137;138;140;141;142;151;152;16
- -
smART M-6279

22
Instruction Manual
1; 162;163;164;165;200;201;202
560Amp; 560XAmp
- -
Other Curves
Moderately Inverse
Extremely Inverse
- -
Time-dial 0.5 to 30 0.01 -
Curve Constant Time
cycle

Switch-Onto_Fault
Phase
Reinstatement
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or 0.5%
Neutral
Reinstatement
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or 0.5%

Open Constant
Time
0 to 60 s 0.01 s Half cycle

Switch monitor
Excessive trip
amount
1 to 254 1 -
N trips time
Windows
300 to 3600 1 Half cycle
Alarm threshold 0 to 65535 1 0,5%

Calculation Type KI, KI2 and KI2T - -

Melting Fuses
Reclosing number 1 to 3 1 -
Active Group 1 to 6 1 -

Fault Pass
Minimum
operation current
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or 0,5%
Time to trip 0 to 60 s 0.1 s Half cycle
Time of fault
memory
0 to 60 s 0.1 s Half cycle

Sectionalizer
Reclose counts 0 to 3 1 -
Minimum
operation current
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or 0,5%
Opening total time 0 to 30 s 0.1 s Half cycle
74
TC
CC
50
BF
smART M-6279

23
Instruction Manual

Fuse Failure
Negative sequence
voltage
10 to 300 V 0.01 V 20 mV or 0,5%

Negative sequence
current
0.1 to 100 A 0.001 A 10 mA or 0,5%

1.7 ABOUT THIS USER GUIDE
This user guide is divided in 6 chapters and 1 annex:
The present chapter describes briefly the general features of the smART M-6279.
Chapter II provides a general description of the protection, control and measurement
functions.
Chapter III describes the relay configuration.
Chapter IV describes the profile for DNP 3.0 Level 2 protocol
Chapter V describes the profile for Modbus RTU protocol
Chapter VI describes the profile for Harris 5000 protocol
Annex I provides the curves implemented in the relay.
Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Protection, control and metering functions
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual
2 PROTECTION, CONTROL AND
METERING FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes the protection, control and measurement functions of the multifunction
smART M-6279 relay. All settings are related to secondary values, but proART communication
software can show them as primary or secondary units, depending on the users election.
2.1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
2.1.1 PHASE OVERCURRENT ELEMENTS
2.1.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The protection element compares continuously the pickup value and the measured value. In case
that the measured value is greater than de pickup value the operation time is calculated referred to
the selected curve. If the current goes down the configured pickup value before the operation time
is elapsed then the relay will return to normal operation status.
The following configurable characteristics (function 50/51) are available for the overcurrent
protection functions of three phases, neutral and sensitive neutral:
2.1.1.2 TIME-OVERCURRENT CURVES
Curve type Family
IEC 255-4, BS142

Inverse Normal Time.
Very Inverse Time
Extremely Inverse Time
Short Inverse Time
Long Inverse Time
Very Inverse Time Special
ANSI C37.90

Inverse Normal Time
Very Inverse Time
Moderately Inverse Time
US Curve

U1. Moderately inverse time.
U2. Inverse time
U3. Very inverse time
U4. Extremely inverse time
U5. Short inverse time
Recloser: Form 4A, 4C, 5,
5/TC, 6, FX, FXA, FXB
Recloser Control:

101; 102; 103; 104; 105; 106; 107; 11; 112; 113; 114;
116; 117; 118; 119; 120; 121; 122; 131; 132; 133; 134;
135; 136; 137; 138; 140; 141; 142; 151; 152; 161; 162;
163; 164; 165; 200; 201; 202
Recloser: Type R, RV, RX

25 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 3 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 50Amp
(A, B, C, D, E); 70 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 100 Amp (A, B,
C, D, E); 140 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 160 Amp (A, B, C,
D, E); 185 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 225 Amp (A, B, C, D,
E); 280 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 280X Amp (A, B, C, D, E);
Protection, control and metering functions Beckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

400 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 400X Amp (A, B, C, D, E);
560 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 560X Amp (A, B, C, D, E)
OTHERS (IEEE C37.112-
1996

Inverse Normal Time
Very Inverse Time

User 4 user curves, given as ordered pairs
Definite Time

2.1.1.3 INSTANTANEOUS/DEFINITE-TIME OVERCURRENT ELEMENTS
Two instantaneous elements (low and high level)
Additional time

2.1.1.4 SETTING RANGES OF THE TIME CHARACTERISCTICS (6 GROUPS)
The settings for these functions are configured independently for phases, neutral and sensitive
neutral.

Setting Minimum Maximum Step Notes
Enable YES/NO
Pickup (A) 0,02 20 0,001 For In=1 A
Pickup (A) 0,1 100 0,001 For In=5 A
0,05 1,09 0,01 For IEC curves
0,5 30 0,01 For ANSI curves

Time index
0,5 15 0,01 For US curves
Definite time (s) 0 600 0,01
If the Enable setting is set at YES, the function can generate trips; if it is at NO the function does
not work and if it is at YES and the option Electromechanical Reset is selected this function works
emuling the electromechanical disc. The pickup current is set in Amperes in the secondary.
Working in definite time, the relay trips after the set time, since the pickup current has been
exceeded, is elapsed, independently from the current value. Working with curve, the time to trip
depends on the selected curve (family and index) and the current value.
Protection functions are evaluated every of cycle of the fundamental system frequency and
half a cycle acting times can also be reached depending on the magnitude of the failure current.
In Appendix I graphics and formulas for calculating the time are given, as a function of the ratio
between the current and the pickup current. If the ratio is higher than 40, 40 will be taken for
calculating.

smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual
2.1.1.5 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. LOW LEVEL (6
GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Phase instantenous trip (A) 0,02 20 0,001 For In=1 A
Additional time (s) 0 60 0,01
The trip current is set in secondary Amperes. The notes about operation time are the same given
for phases.
2.1.1.6 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. HIGH LEVEL (6
GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Additional instantaneous time (s) 0 60 0,01
Time features are the same as the preceding point.
2.1.2 NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
In neutral earthed installations, the neutral overcurrent protection has the same possible
characteristics as the described for phase overcurrent, and independent settings (function
50N/51N).
Enable YES/NO
Pickup (A) 0,02 20 0,001 For In=1 A
Pickup (A) 0,10 100 0,001 For In=5 A

Time index
0,5 15 0,01 For US, IEEE curves
for phases.

smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Neutral instantaneous trip (A) 0,02 20 0,001 For In=1 A
for phases.
2.1.2.4 SETTING RANGES OF THE INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC. HIGH LEVEL (6
GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
for phases.
2.1.3 SENSITIVE NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
In neutral earthed installations, the neutral overcurrent protection has the same possible
characteristics as the described for phase overcurrent, and independent settings (function
50NS/51NS).
Enable YES/NO
Pickup (A) 0,005 10 0,001 For In=1 A
Pickup (A) 0,025 25 0,01 For In=5 A
Time index 0,5 30 0,01 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s)
0 1800 0,01

The notes about operation time are the same given for phases
smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual
GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Sensitive neutral instantaneous trip (A) 0,005 10 0,001 For In=1 A
for phases.
GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Time features are the same as the preceding point.
2.1.4 DIRECTIONALITY
The algorithms for instantaneous overcurrent (50), instantaneous neutral overcurrent (50N,
50NS), time overcurrent (51) and neutral time overcurrent (51N, 51NS) protections implemented
in the smART M-6279 relay can work in three different operating modes, according to
directionality:
a) Non directional: In this operating mode, the trip will happen independently of the power
flow.
b) Forward or backward directional: In this case, the protection only works for faults that
only are found in positive (forward) or negative (backward) sense in respect of the
measurement point.
c) Bidirectional: In this mode, the smART M-6279 works with two independent groups of
settings for 50/50N/50NS and 51/51N/51NS functions. The active group is selected every
fourth part of cycle, depending on the sense of the power flow detected in that fourth part of
cycle. This operating mode is very useful when the power is given by both ends and a fault
can cause current flows in one sense or the other. For each case the coordination of the
system is needed.
2.1.4.1 CONFIGURATION
The directionality configuration is independent for each setting group by the option Directional
overcurrent (67/67N/67NS) given in the software (proART). It is possible to enable the
directionality, its sense (forward, backward or bidirectional) and the maximum torque angle.
This angle permits adjusting the directional characteristic according to the particular case of the
protected line and it points to the centre of the forward trip zone. This zone is defined by the
perpendicular line to the setting angle. For example, if the setting angle is 0, the perpendicular line
goes from 90 to 270 (see Figure 2-1). The setting angle can be from 0 to 90.
smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

For backward faults the same settings
are used, but applied like a mirror, 180
rotated (again, see Figure 2-1).
The directionality determining
algorithms select the correct voltage and
calculate the angle between the current
and voltage phasors according to some
rules (detailed later). If the angle drops
in the forward zone, the protection will
work in that sense; but if the angle drops
in backward zone, it will work with the
settings for that zone.
The relay doesnt work if the angle
between current and voltage drops out of
the tripping zones.
Once configured 67/67N function,
then its possible to configure 50/50N
and 51/51N functions properly, because
the configuration screens change lightly for the different operating modes (non directional,
forward/backward directional and bidirectional)
50 and 51 function screens are tab based. The different directional mode settings are changed in
the corresponding tab.
Non directional: In this case, only is shown a tab without text.
Forward or backward directional: In this case only a tab is shown again, but the text will
be Forward settings or Backward settings.
Bidirectional: Two tabs are shown, one with Forward settings text and the other with
Backward settings text.
2.1.4.2 PHASE DIRECTIONALITY DETERMINATION
For overcurrent faults (50/51) the relay looks for the voltage of the faulted phase to execute the
algorithm.
If this voltage is not enough, the relay takes derivatives of the voltage from the healthy phases.
Systems with ABC sequence, Vab voltage and A current is used for AB faults. Vbc voltage and B
current for BC faults. Finally, Vca voltage and C current for CA faults. In case of CBA systems, for
BA, CB and AC faults, Vba, Vcb, Vac and Ib, Ic, Ia are used respectively.
In case of not existing healthy voltage system, the relay takes de voltage phasor value from the
ones stored 2 cycles before the voltage misses, whenever the elapsed time is less than 500ms.
Finally, if there is not voltage information, the trip is permitted. In bidirectional mode, both
forward and backward configurations are simultaneously active. The one with shorter operating
time will proceed before.
In all cases its obtained the angle between the fault current phasor and the reference voltage.
The relay evaluates this angle and if it drops inside the trip zones configured by the setting angle,
the trip will happen. Otherwise, it will be blocked.
There is a fact that sould be taken in consider when configurating intsntaneous overcurrents.
Fault directionality is determined each of cycle. The smART M-6279 uses an algorithm that
requires a cycle and a for evaluating the phasors. Because of this, is not recommended to
configure the relay with 0 definite time instantaneous trips. Depending on the angle and the fault
magnitude, it could be possible to get the trip level earlier than the fault directionality
0
90
180
270
n
g
u
lo
d
e
a
ju
s
te
A
m
p
l
i
t
u
d

d
e

l
a

z
o
n
a

d
e
l
a
n
t
e
n
g
u
lo
d
e
a
ju
s
te
A
m
p
l
i
t
u
d

d
e

l
a

z
o
n
a

d
e
t
r

Figure 2-1 Directionality criterion
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual
determination. ProART software does not limit the minimum trip time, being the user who must
select the appropriate time.
As a result, the minimum recommended is a cycle and a
half fixed time. This ensures that the directionality is
assessed taking into cosine filter window only fault
information, but limits the action time of the 50 unit to
25ms in 60Hz systems or 30ms in 50Hz. If this time is set
in lesser value, you will lose more sensitive the higher the
fault current is with respect to the configured pickup
current.
Figure 2-2 shows graphically what happens. At the
bottom there is a set of horizontal lines numbered. These
intervals represent the evaluation of the smART M-6279.
The vertical red line marks the point where the fault
begins. The green line indicates the magnitude of the
current phasor determined for each cycle of evaluation as
a continuous function.
It is possible to see that the intervals between evaluation 1 and 2 are above the fault and offer a
result that coincides with the crest of the wave. The interval 3 is mostly in the prefault section, but
it includes information of failure. As a result, the magnitude of the phasor is higher than in prefault.
The resulting size will grow as advances in successive assessments. The range of assessment
number 8 is the first of which contains only fault information.
If the pickup was set slightly above the first horizontal segment of the green line, the smART M-
6279 would be able to pickup from the cycle 3, which initiates the lifting of magnitude. However,
if we attempt to determine the direction of the fault from the cycle 3, the sensitivity would be very
low, because only exists a fraction of fault information. It is better to wait until the cycle 8. To
achieve this, the definite trip time should be cycle and a half.
If the pickup level was set slightly below the last horizontal segment of the green line, the pickup
level would not be reached until the interval 8. As a result, the trip would not happen until interval
13 (not shown in the chart).
This consideration does not apply generally to time overcurrent unit (51), because the time
begins to count from the pickup of protection and in general the trip times obtained are above of
the cycle and a half advised here for unit 50.
2.1.4.3 NEUTRAL DIRECTIONALITY DETERMINATION
The algorithm for determining the direction of neutral faults varies somewhat with respect to
phase faults. The algorithm is as follows:
The smART M-6279 evaluates whether or not to trip each of cycle of the operation
frequency
There is a memory unit that retains information from phasors calculated for the last of
cycle.
When 50N/50NS and / or 51N/51NS units start, a timer is reset. When you have passed
cycle and a half continues the implementation of the algorithm. This waiting period
ensures that the information that the algorithm will correspond to the system completely
faulted (no fault and pre-fault information mixture).
Then subtract to faulted system current phasor 4 cycles ago existing phasors. The
resulting phasors are compared in magnitude and choose the higher of them to
determine the directionality.
Finally, it is the same as in the determination of directionality of phases using selected
current and the corresponding voltage.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Figure 2-2 Assessment interval
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

NOTE: Because the waiting time required by the algorithm (two cycles), a trip will not happen
before two cycles have exceeded the threshold defined for the pickup current of the unit.
2.1.4.4 PHASE TO PHASE FAULT TREATMENT
When te fault is a phase to phase fault, the treatment by the relay is different. First of all, the
phases involved are determined. This is given by the pickup of the 50/51 units. If the three phases
are involved, the algorithm used is the one described in section 2.1.4.2. In case of fault between
two phases, the algorithm changes as described then.
Systems with ABC sequence, Vab voltage and A current is used for AB faults. Vbc voltage and B
current for BC faults. Finally, Vca voltage and C current for CA faults. In case of CBA systems, for
BA, CB and AC faults, Vba, Vcb, Vac and Ib, Ic, Ia are used respectively.
2.1.5 NEGATIVE SECUENCE INSTANTANEOUS/DEFINITE-TIME OVER-
CURRENT ELEMENTS
Negative secuence overcurrent protection (50Q, 51Q) reacts to the module of the component of
the negative secuence phase current.
c I a b I a a I I
r
r
r
r
3
2
2
+ + = where a=1|120
2.1.5.2 SETTING RANGES OF TIME CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
0,02 20 0,001 For In=1 A
Pickup I
2
(A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In=5 A

Time index
0,5 15 0,01
For US, IEEE
curves
The notes about operation time are the same given for phases.
2.1.5.3 SETTING RANGES OF INSTANTANEOUS CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Unbalance instantenous trip (A)
0,1 10,0 0,01
Additional instantenous time (s)
0 60 0,01

2.1.6 OPEN PHASE PROTECTION
It is a definite time protection unit. The starting value which is set is, in per unit, the module ratio
between the inverse and direct sequence currents.
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual
c I a b I a a I
c I a b I a a I
I
I
r
r
r
r
r
r
v
r

2
2
1
2
+ +
+ +
= where a=1|120
The relay trips when the programmed time has expired since the starting setting value is exceed.
2.1.6.2 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Open phase time pickup
0,10 0,50 0,01
Relacin
I
I
2
1

Definite time (s)
0,05 300 0,01
2.1.7 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
Three unit overvoltage protection, compound voltages (function 59), with 4 steps.
In each step, the protection element is activated if the voltage level of any phase with respect the
neutral (Van, Vbn, Vcn) is over the configured value during a period of time equal or longer than
the time value selected by the user.
2.1.7.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)
Ajuste Mnimo Mximo Incremento Observaciones
Enable YES/NO
3,5 10,5 0,001 For Vn = 6,5V
Overvoltage time pickup (V)
60 300 0,001 For Vn = 120 V

2.1.8 UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
Three unit undervoltage protection, compound voltages (function 27), with 4 steps.
In each step, the protection element is activated if the voltage level of any phase with respect the
neutral (Van, Vbn, Vcn) is under the configured value during a period of time equal or longer than
the time value selected by the user.
2.1.8.1.1 2.1.8.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
3,5 10,5 0,001 For Vn = 6,5V
Undervoltage time pickup (V)
60 300 0,001 For Vn = 120 V
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual

2.1.9 NEUTRAL OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
Neutral overvoltage protection (function 59N)
In each step, the protection element is activated if the voltage level 3Vo is over the configured
value during a period of time equal or longer than the time value selected by the user.
2.1.9.1.1 2.1.8.1.1 SETTING RANGES (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
3,5 10,5 0,001 For Vn = 6,5V
Neutral overvoltage time pickup (V)
60 300 0,001 For Vn = 120 V
2.1.10 VOLTAGE UNBALANCE PROTECTION
This is a definite time protection unit.. The starting value which is set is, in per unit, the module
ratio between the inverse and direct sequence currents.
c U a b U a a U
c U a b U a a U
U
U
r
r
r
r
r
r

2
2
1
2
+ +
+ +
=
where a=1|120
The relay trips when the programmed time has expired since the starting setting value is exceed.
To be operational, this unit requires that the current of any of the phases is at least 0.1 V in
secondary.
2.1.10.2 SETTING RANGES OF TIME CHARACTERISTIC (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Time pickup (V) 0,10 0,50 0,01 In % of V2/V1
This is a definite time unit. It only works due to the programmed phase voltage sequence. If it is
correct then the trip signal is sent once the configured time is elapsed.
Enable YES/NO
Definite time (s) 0,00 60,00 0,01

2.1.11 FREQUENCY PROTECTION
This function has 4 setps, programmed with maximum and minimum frequency.
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual
2.1.11.1 MINIMUM FREQUENCY
2.1.11.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Each step activates a relay if the frequency is under the configured value during a period of time
equal or longer than the time value selected by the user apart from having exceeded the hysteresis
level. The hysteresis is a part of the frequency variation level percentage that is not used to activate
the protection. It helps to detect a significant variation more accurately and avoids unneeded
activations of the protection.
2.1.11.1.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS)
Enable YES/NO
Minimum frequency pickup(Hz) 46 65 0,1 (for each step)
Definite time (s) 0 600 0,01 (for each step)
Hysteresis 0 1 0,1 (for each step)
2.1.11.2 MAXIMUM FREQUENCY
2.1.11.2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Each step activates a relay if the frequency is over the configured value during a period of time
equal or longer than the time value selected by the user apart from having exceeded the hysteresis
level. The hysteresis is a part of the frequency variation level percentage that is not used to activate
the protection. It helps to detect a significant variation more accurately and avoids unneeded
activations of the protection.
Enable YES/NO
Maximum frequency pickup(Hz) 46 65 0,1 (for each step)
Definite time (s) 0 600 0,01 (for each step)
Hysteresis 0 1 0,1 (for each step)
2.1.12 POWER INVERSION PROTECTION
It is a definite time protection unit that is activated when the flow of the 3 phase active power is
inverted
Enable YES/NO
0 400 0,1 For Vn = 6,5V; In = 1 A
Pickup (secondary W)
0 3000 0,1 For Vn = 120V; In = 5 A
smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual

2.1.13 SYNCROCHECK
Sync-check function permits to define the conditions for connecting two potentially independent
systems. When the user selected conditions are fulfilled, the close permission internal flag is
activated. If not, the synchronism failure flag will be the activated flag.
The function compares the voltage signals from the same phase in both sides of the switch, so
they must have the same transformation ratios.
Enable YES/NO
Reference phase A, B, C
Close operation time (s)
0 100 1

Undervoltage permission. No
voltage on the line and bus side

YES/NO
voltage on the line and yes on the
bus side

YES/NO
voltage on the bus and yes on the
line side

YES/NO
Magnitude diference enable

YES/NO
0 10,5 0,01 For Vn = 6,5V
Diference (V)
0 3000 0,01 For Vn = 120V
Angle diference enable (grades) YES/NO
Diference (grades) 0 90 0,1
Frequency diference enable (Hz) YES/NO
Diference (Hz) 0 2 0,01
2.1.14 RECLOSER
A recloser is an electromechanical device for sensitizing and interrupting overcurrents caused by
a fault in a circuit, and also for making reclosures re-energizing the circuit. More than the 80% of
the faults in aerial distribution systems are of temporary nature; this is why the use of these
protection devices is very important.
The equipment allows up to 4 reclosers, with different times for phase to phase and phase to
ground faults, and programmable security time after manual closing and after automatic closing.
The recloser can be configured with single phase or three phase drive.
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual
The 5 closure counters (total, first, second, third and fourth closures) are stored in non volatile
memory and can be displayed on the display. These counters can be set to 0 by keyboard.
2.1.14.2 DEFINITIONS
Surveillance status.
It is the normal status, during which the recloser monitors for the occurrence of any trips and
has to start operating.
Ongoing cycle status.
This status of the recloser is set throughout the entire process in which it is activated from the
first trip up to the closing of the breaker and the safety period has elapsed (successful reclosing)
or until all the programmed reclosings have been unsuccessfully executed. In the first instance
it moves on to surveillance and in the second to definitive trip.
Definitive trip status.
The reclosers final situation when it has executed all of the programmed attempts and the
breaker remains open, given that it is a permanent fault. Exit from this status can only be
achieved by closing the breaker manually.
Time for first, second, third and fourth closure.
It is the waiting time after the breakers trip until the recloser gives the closure order in each of
the closure phases.
Reclaim time after manual closing.
It is the time from the moment of circuit breaker manual closing; during this time it is watched
if there is a protection trip, and if this is the case, it will be continued to definitive trip instead
of to surveillance status.
Reclaim time after automatic closure.
It is the time from the moment of circuit breaker automatic closing; during this time it is
watched if there is a protection trip, and if this is the case the cycle will be continued instead of
moving on to Surveillance.
Close conditions time (optional use).
It is the time margin, after a protection trip, during which the close conditions must be fulfilled
to be able to continue the cycle.
2.1.14.3 OPERATION
The Figure 2-3 below represent the sequence of events for a recloser which has been
programmed for three reclosing attempts, with TR1, TR2 and TR3 as the corresponding reclosing
times, with a reclaim Tsec, for different situations:
First successful reclosing

Figure 2-3 First successful reclosing
smART M-6279

14
Instruction Manual

Once the surveillance status has been reached, a new trip causes the beginning of a new cycle,
restarting the reclosing 1, as it is shown next:

Second successfull reclosing

Third successfull reclosing

Moves to definitive trip after exhausting the programmed number of reclosings

Figure 2-4 New cycle beginning

Figure 2-5 Second successfull reclosing

Figure 2-6 Third successfull reclosing
smART M-6279

15
Instruction Manual
Moves to definitive trip due to a trip during the reclaim time after a manual closing

Recloser in service YES/NO
Number of closures 0 4 1
Reclaim time after automatic closure, phase to
phase faults (s)
1 600 1
Reclaim time after automatic closure, phase to
ground faults (s)
1 600 1
Reclaim time after manual closing (s) 1 600 1

2.1.14.5 SETTINGS FOR EACH RECLOSING (1, 2, 3, 4)

Waiting time first closure, phase to phase
faults (s)
0,1 600 0,001
Waiting time first closure, phase to
ground faults (s)
0,1 600 0,001

Figure 2-7 Moves to definitive trip

Figure 2-8 Moves to definitive trip due to a trip after a manual closing

smART M-6279

16
Instruction Manual

Waiting time 2, 3 and 4 closure, phase to
phase faults (s)
0,1 600 0,001
Waiting time 2, 3 and 4 closure, phase to
ground faults (s)
0,1 600 0,001

Time index
2.1.14.6 FUNCTION DISABLE FOR EACH RECLOSURE (1, 2, 3 Y 4)

Function disabling Notes
Instantaneous YES/NO
Current unbalance YES/NO
Open phase YES/NO
Undervoltage YES/NO
Overvoltage YES/NO
Voltage unbalance YES/NO
Frequency YES/NO
2.1.14.7 OTHER OPERATION FEATURES
Recloser out of service
This state is reached by pressing the push-button R on the keyboard, or control order. All
relays related to the recloser are de-excited.
This state is reached if the recloser function is disabled. This function can be performed by a
programmed button or a control command.
Definitive trip
Apart from the already mentioned causes, this status is reached by trip being the recloser
locked.
Recloser locked
This state is reached by activation of input or logic programmed as recloser locking. The
cycle is not started in it and comes out, if it was already started, moving on to Definitive trip if
the circuit breaker opens by a protection trip.
Manual operation during the cycle.
If during the operating cycle a manual order (or by command) is given to the circuit breaker,
the recloser aborts the cycle and moves onto idle status.
Digital outputs related to recloser (and which can be programmed as output relays):
- Recloser in ongoing cycle. Active from the moment when the circuit breaker opens by
rip until the Monitoring or definitive trip status is reached.
smART M-6279

17
Instruction Manual
- Recloser locked. Active if the recloser is disengaged or if the external recloser locking
input is activated.
- Closing (breaker closing order)
- Definitive trip. Active while on that state.
Logic inputs related to the recloser, which can be assigned to physical inputs or buttons:
- Breaker status. This input is necessary for the recloser operation. Breaker closed signal
(52a) and breaker open signal (52b).
2.1.14.8 HIGH CURRENT LOCKUP
2.1.14.8.1 DESCRIPTION
There are two other instantaneous settings groups, one for phases and other for neutral. These are
different from the usual ones for the two following features:
If they trip, the protection status will change to Definitive Trip. The number of trips is
programmable (0 to 4) within the sequence of Running Cycle from which the function is active.
The settings for this function are the following:
"High phases/neutral current lockup":
Enable YES/NO
0,02 20 0,001 For In = 1 A
Pickup (A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In = 5 A
Additional time (s) 0 60 0,01
Trip number 0 4 1
2.1.15 COLD LOAD PICKUP
2.1.15.1 DESCRIPTION
This function aims to avoid non wished trips in the following situation: after being the line de-
energized for a period of time and re-energized later, the load can exceed the protection setting
without the presence of a fault. What the function does is detecting when those conditions are
given and changing the tripping settings during a programmable time.
The function is activated when the current in the 3 phases is below 5% of the nominal current,
then the programmed time starts to run to determine that the load is cold (this time can be 0,
what means that any circuit breaker opening could lead to the cold load situation). Once that time
is elapsed and the current has not exceed 10% of the nominal value, the protection usual setting
values are replaced by the cold load pickup ones for a configured period of time.
2.1.15.2 SETTINGS (6 GROUPS)
The same way the remaining protection functions, there is a collection of table of settings for this
function. These settings are the one that replace the standard function settings when this condition
is met:
Phase time unit
Neutral time unit
smART M-6279

18
Instruction Manual

Sensitive neutral time unit
Phase instantaneous unit
Neutral instantaneous unit
Sensitive neutral instantaneous unit
Arranged into Cold load pickup there are the settings that define the operation of the function:
Cold load function enable: YES/NO
Cold load determination time: 0 a 1000 seg,
Cold load settings operation time: 0 a 3600 seconds (1 hour)
During this time, all the overcurrent protection settings (phase, neutral and sensitive neutral) stop
being the corresponding to the active table and become the corresponding to cold load:
enabling actions, pickups, curves, times etc
Remarks:
The Cold load function can be disabled with a digital input
The function cold load is de-activated while the unit is on ongoing cycle, this
means while the closing control is assumed by the Reclosing function
The function cold load does not operate on the High Current Lockup settings.
2.2 OTHER FUNCTIONS
2.2.1 BREAKER FAILURE (50BF)
The aim of this function is to determine if a failure in the operation of the breaker has happened.
When the tripping signal is sent, a timer starts and when it reaches the value set as definite time,
if the currents in any phase are greater than the value set as phases restore current or the neutral
current is greater than the neutral restore current, then the breaker failure signal is sent. If the
open breaker (52b) digital inputs and the closed breaker (52a) digital inputs are assigned, the
working state of the breaker is also verified inspecting these inputs.
Enable YES/NO
0,02 20 0,001 For In = 1 A
Phase restore (A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In = 5 A
0,02 20 0,001 For In = 1 A
Neutral restore (A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In = 5 A
Open definite time (s) 0,00 60,00 0,01
Close definite time (s) 0,00 60,00 0,01
smART M-6279

19
Instruction Manual
2.2.2 BREAKER MONITOR (74TC/CC)
This function is enabled when a number of trips greater than the programmed number happens
within the programmed period of time. Once this state is reached, the protection switches to the
definite time state.
Besides, with this function, the pole wear calculation can be performed. For this purpose, the
wished type of calculation can be programmed, between kI
2
*t, kI
2
and kI.
If kI
2
is chosen, the kA
2
is calculated (in kA), being I the current measured after passing
the waiting time set after the trip.
If kI is chosen, only the sum of currents is calculated (in kA), being I the current measured
after passing the waiting time set after the trip.
If kI
2
*t is chosen, the sum of kI
2
/100 values is calculated (in kA) being I the current
measured after passing the waiting time set after the trip.
Enable YES/NO
Excessive n. of trips 1 254 1
Time span for n of trips (s) 300 3,600 1
kI
2
alarm theresold

0 65,535 1
Calculation type kI, kI
2
, kI
2
T
Operation time 0 0,1 0,01
2.2.3 MELTING FUSE
If enabled, after the programmed closure cycle (1 to 3), the protection changes automatically the
protection group it is working with, enabling then a group previously programmed by the user.
This settings change enables the increase of the protection functions operation times and allows the
protection fuses of the installation blow up before the breaker acts. When the ongoing cycle is
finished the original group is activated again.
2.2.3.1 RANGO DE AJUSTES (1 TABLA)
Enable YES/NO
Closure number 1 3 1
Number of the group to be enabled 1 6 1
2.2.4 FAULT PASS
The aim of this function is to detect fault presence. Once it is registered a current greater than
pickup during a period of time equal or greater than the configured time then the relay considers it
as a fault.
Once the fault pass is detected, it means, fault existance and later drop out, the function waits a
configurable fault memory time. When this time is elapsed fault pass signal will be sent to the
circuit breaker, only if there is no presence of voltage in any of the voltage phases of the
equipment. The Figure 2-9 shows how the relay works.
smART M-6279

20
Instruction Manual

2.2.4.1 SETTING RANGES (1 GROUP)
Enable YES/NO
0,02 20 0,001 For In = 1 A
Minimun current for operation (A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In = 5 A
Time setting (s) 0 60,00 0,1
Fault memory time (s) 0 60,00 0,1
2.2.5 SECTIONALIZER
This is not a protection element, but is a great option for solving several protection coordination
issues. They dont have the capability of opening in case of fault.
The sectionalizer works when previously set counters are completed. Two conditions must be
satisfied: Flowing of an overcurrent equal or higher than minimum action current, and the
interruption of this current. When those conditions are satisfied, the sectionalizer opens its contacts
with the line de-energized. This permits provide automatic sectionable points.
Enable YES/NO
Close counter 0 3 1

Figure 2-9 Fault passing detection
smART M-6279

21
Instruction Manual
0,02 20 0,001 For In = 1 A
Minimum action current (A)
0,10 100 0,001 For In = 5 A
Total open time (s) 0 30 0,1
2.2.6 FUSE FAILURE
Operation: When unstretched springs digital input is activated an internal close locking by
slack spring signal is generated and a timer starts according to "spring slack time" setting. If
before exceeding this time the input is deactivated, the lock is deactivated. If the time is exceed
with no opening, open spring digital output is activated, a Procome signal of unstretched
springs alarm is given and the lock is kept. The alarm and locking do not disappear till the input is
deactivated.
It is composed of:
unstretched springs digital input
open spring motor digital output
spring slack time setting (0.1 to 100 seconds)
Enable YES/NO
Negative sequence voltage (V) 10 300 0,01
Negative sequence current (A) 0,1 100 0,001

2.3 METERING FUNCTIONS
The relay carries out the following measure functions:
2.3.1 DEMAND INTEGRATION
The demands is the average value in a defined interval named Demand integration interval (DII),
with units related to the electrical parameter measured (kW, kVAR, kVA, etc.)

The demands of the following smARTP500 relay parameters can be calculated:

Parameter Description Parameter Description
Ia Phase a current Va Phase a voltage
Ib Phase b current Vb Phase b voltage
Ic Phase c current Vc Phase c voltage
In Neutral current Ig Earth current (3Io)
Is Neutral sensitive current 3I2 Negative sequence current
Pa Phase a active power Sa Phase a aparent current
Pb Phase b active power Sb Phase b aparent current
Pc Phase c active power Sc Phase c aparent current
smART M-6279

22
Instruction Manual

Qa Phase a reactive power P3 3 phase active current
Qb Phase b reactive power Q3 3 phase reactive current
Qc Phase c reactive power S3 3 phase aparent current
The calculation method can be programmed as block or thermal demands.
2.3.1.1 DEMAND INTEGRATION
To calculate the block demand uses two user defined parameters;
Intervals to be integrated (IBI): is the number of intervals to be considered to
calculate the demand. It could be between 1 and 15. For direct integration (non rolling)
a 1 must be programmed. For rolling demand a value between 2 and 15 must be
programmed, normally 3 is used for rolling demand
Integrate every (IE): Is the period of time between two demand integrations and can
be selected from 1 second to 60 minutes. Normal values are 15 minutes for direct
demand integration (non rolling) and 5 minutes for rolling demand.
The total integration interval (TII) will be equal to the product of value of integrate every by the
number of intervals to be integrated : TII = IBI * IE

2.3.1.1.1 NON ROLLED OR DIRECT INTEGRATION
When TII = 1. The Figure 2-10 shows an example
for an interval of integration of 15 minutes.
In this type of integration the request is the average
of the instant values of the programmed parameter
along the interval of integration (IBI).

2.3.1.1.2 ROLLED INTEGRATION

In this case IBI > 1 and calculate the demand for each
programmed parameter, averaging the last interval to
be integrated (IBI)
In Figure 2-11 is shown an example for an integration
every 5 minutes (IE) and three intervals to be
integrated (IBI). Load has a profile as shown by a
curve, while the demand (average) is shown as
straight lines for every 5 minutes interval. The rolling
demand calculated for three 5 minutes intervals will
be as follows:

Demand at point 1 (IOI1) = (0 kW + 0 kW + 100 kW)/3 = 33.3 kW

Figure 2-10 Direct integration

Figure 2-11 Rolling integration

smART M-6279

23
Instruction Manual
Demand at point 3 (IOI3) = (100 kW + 100 kW + 100 kW)/3 = 100 kW
Demand at point 5 (IOI5) = (100 kW + 200 kW + 150 kW)/3 = 175 kW
As it can be seen, rolling makes the big values to be decreased by averaging with lower values.

2.3.1.2 THERMAL DEMAND
The thermal demand method is to approximate
the demand by measuring the thermal effect of a
mechanical device. Figure 2-12 shows this
method.
No rolled the direct and spun integration
methods, which follow immediately any change
happened in the load, thermal request has a very
slow response to those changes in the load. This
is why the value of the thermal request
measured in any moment depends not only on
the load measured in that moment but on its
previous values, what it is to say the average
load.

In the thermal demand the average is logarithmic and continuous, which means that the values of the
load are pondered, being their weights smaller as the time increases, having less and less influence in the
final result.
Thermal demand calculation algorithm is configured by defining the time within the thermal request
measure reaches the 90% of the value of a fixed load. The unit for that configuration time is the minute
and a typically used value is 15 minutes.
The algorithm is executed every second, so the thermal request value always exists unlike block
calculation method which obtains a new result every interval. Figure 2-12 shows the graphical behavior
of the thermal request, with a 15 minutes time constant and a constant load of 100, which is eliminated
within 60 minutes.
For the thermal demand calculation, this expression is evaluated every second:
k
D D
D D
c
) ' (
'

+ =
Where: D is the new value of the
request, D represents the previous
request value and Dc is the real value
of the variable the request is being
calculated for. k is a constant selected
so that the continuous evaluation of D
reaches the 90% of Dc within the time
configured (Considering Dc constant
during the evaluation time).
The algorithm represents a response
similar to the one shown in Figure 2-13

Figure 2-12 Thermal Demand Meter

Figure 2-13 Calculo demanda trmica
smART M-6279

24
Instruction Manual

2.3.2 LOAD PROFILE (TRENDING)
The relay smART M-6279 is able to store at the end of each period of time set by the user, the average
value of any group of its Actual Values, and also the consumption registered for any parameter from the
group Accumulators Miscellaneous in that period (acting as a pulse recorder).
This information is stored in the internal memory of the protection under the name of Load Profile
(Trending). Using the information stored in these profiles it is possible to make studies of the load
profile, stability, energy saving, etc.
2.3.2.1 PARAMETERS GROPUP
2.3.2.1.1 MEASURES (ACTUAL VALUES)
This group includes the 29 parameters shown in table 2-1. Their value is updated every second.

Parameter Symbol
Phase voltages Va, Vb, Vc
Line voltages Vab, Vbc, Vca
Auxiliary voltage (battery) Vdc
Phases, neutral and sensitive neutral currents Ia, Ib, Ic, In, Ins
Phase active power Pa, Pb, Pc
Phase reactive power Qa, Qb, Qc
Phase aparent power Sa, Sb, Sc
Phase power factor Fa, Fb, Fc
Three phase active power P3
Three phase reactive power Q3
Apparent power by element S3
Three phase power factor FP3
Frequency F

Table 2-1Actual Group

A brief description of the parameters:
- Voltages per element (Va, Vb, Vc)
True rms values take in account the harmonic components of the signal. So the rms value for
each voltage connected to the blades of the meter are calculated following the next equation:

2
31
2
2
2
1 rms
V .... V V V + + + =
Where subscript is the harmonic order.
- Currents (Ia, Ib, Ic, Ins)
The true rms value of currents is determined by:
2
31
2
2
2
1 rms
I .... I I I + + + =
Where subscript is the harmonic order.
- Battery voltage. Protection battery voltage.
smART M-6279

25
Instruction Manual
- Power parameters per element:
Active power per element (Pa, Pb, Pc)
Defined as the sum of active power of every harmonic calculated by multiplying voltage,
current and cosine of angle between them for each harmonic component. Phase A active
power is calculated as follow:

) ( coseno * I * V
ai
1
ai ai
n
i
a
P
=
=
Where:
ai
V
,
ai
I
: are harmonic magnitudes order i of voltage and current of phase A
ai
: Phase angle between voltage

ai
V
and current
ai
I

i: Harmonic order. Per example, i=1 represents the harmonic for 60 Hz; i=2 for 120
Hz and so on until i=n=31 for 1860 Hz

Values for phases B and C are calculated in a similar way as for phase A.
Phase reactive power (Qa, Qb, Qc)
Defined as the sum of reactive power of every harmonic calculated by multiplying voltage,
current and sine of angle between them for each harmonic component. Phase A reactive
) ( seno * I * V
ai
1
ai ai
n
i
a
Q
=
=

Phase apparent power (Sa, Sb, Sc)
Defined as the product of rms values of voltage an current. Phase A apparent

arms arms a
I V S =

Phase power factor (FPa, FPb, FPc)
Is defined as the ratio of active power and apparent power. Phase A power factor is
calculated as follow:
a
a
a
S
P
FP =
For B and C phases, similar expressions are used.
- Three phase power parameters
Active power (P
3
). Is the sum of active power in each phase:
smART M-6279

26
Instruction Manual

c b a
P P P P + + =
3

Reactive power (Q
3
). Is the sum of reactive power in each phase:
c b a
Q Q Q Q + + =
3

Apparent power (S
3
). Is the sum of distortion power in each phase:
c b 3
S S S S
a
+ + =
Three phase power factor (FP
3
). Its defined as the relation between 3 phase active
power and 3 phase apparent power.

Frequency (f). It is the frequency of the power system measured value. The signal is
taken from any of the three voltage signals.
2.3.2.1.2 ACCUMULATORS
Accumulators represent the consumed energy and equal the area under the curve of the correspondent
parameter. This group includes the 7 parameters shown in table 2-2.
Parameter Symbol
Three-phase active power (positive) Whp
Three-phase active power (negative) Whn
Three-phase reactive power in I quadrant VArh I
Three-phase reactive power in II quadrant VArh II
Three-phase reactive power in III quadrant VArh III
Three-phase reactive power in IV quadrant VArh IV
Three-phase apparent power VAh
Table 2-2 Accumulators group
The agreement used for the powers in the protection is shown in Figure 2-14, where S = P + jQ and S is
the apparent power (VA), P is the active power (W) and Q is the reactive power (VAr).

Figura 2-1 Plano de potencia
3
3
3
S
P
= FP
smART M-6279

27
Instruction Manual

2.3.3 MEASURES (WAVEFORMS)
The proART software can configure and show graphically the waveform registers stored in the
internal memory of the protection. Waveforms are automatically stored every time there is a
protection function trip, besides the user can program a second trigger for the recording of the
waveform registers.
Additionally, these parameters can be programmed:
- Number of samples per cycle: It enables the possibility of selecting the recording format of
the waveform registers, between 16 or 32 samples per cycle.
- Number of cycles to record: Total number of cycles to record for a waveform register, which
will depend on the resolution selected in the preceding parameter. For 16 samples per cycle the
biggest number of cycles to store is 1090 and for 32 samples per cycle, 550.
- Cycles to record before the pickup stimulus: Selection of the pre-register or pre-fault cycles.
It can be a value between 1 and 20.
- Frequency driven trip recording (Steps 13): It enables the possibility of configure triggers
associated to the activation of the steps 1, 2 and 3 of the frequency protection function as stimulus
for starting the waveform registers recording.

2.4 CONTROL FUNCTIONS
2.4.1 DISTRIBUTION CIRCUITS RECONFIGURATION ALGORITHMS
2.4.1.1 INTRODUCTION
By smART M-6279 relays can be made automatism patterns of distribution networks. Three
algorithms are available: "with communication", "no communication" and "optimized without
communication". All three are designed to isolate a fault in an electrical distribution system and
rebuild the system so that the affected service is minimized. The algorithms operate locally, are
automatic and do not require any operator intervention to achieve its objectives
Even when it achieves the same aim, each mechanism has advantages and disadvantages. As its
name indicates, the reconfiguration mechanism with communication requires a medium to
exchange information between the relays that protect the line. However, the mechanisms "without
communication" require no such mode. The mechanism "without communication" sometimes
requires one additional operation of closure against the fault to isolate it effectively and the
mechanism optimized without communication requires that at least one reclosure to isolate
properly the fault.
The three algorithms represent a distribution line fed from both ends with an intermediate point
(link) that is initially open. When a fault occurs on the line, the algorithms then isolate the fault and
reconfigure the circuit by closing the intermediate point.
2.4.1.2 LINK SEARCHER WITH COMMUNICATION
When it is possible to have a communication channel that includes all smART M-6279 relays in
a distribution network, we can implement a system that isolates faults and rebuilds the system
optimally.
The end of the line is arbitrary defined as the left and the other as the rightextreme. You do
not need to save this relationship geometrically, and is used consistently in the configuration of the
protections. To do this, it is useful a horizontal schema that represents the line and each protection
installed with the feeders at both ends. This way will be clear which one is the left extreme and
which the right one.
smART M-6279

28
Instruction Manual

Each smART M-6279 relay in the installation has a valid address only for this mechanism and
knows the address of the relay that is on its right and its left. To the left of the first device (counting
from the end) will be a feeder, as well as the right of the last one. This pair of relays has a slightly
different configuration from others.
2.4.1.2.1 CONFIGURATION
To configure the mechanism the proART software must be used. The Figure 2-14 shows the
corresponding screen:

The parameters to configure are as follows:
a) Enable the link search mechanism by choosing "YES" in the "Enable" box.
b) Assign to each device a different address filling in Local address box.
c) Register in each device the address of the device located immediately on its left and right
with the boxes Left address and Right address.
d) If the smART M-6279 relay is beside a feeder must be indicated by selecting the "feeder"
box in the corresponding end: to the left or right. In this case, it is also necessary to specify
the maximum power available from that feeder, so that the mechanism to calculate whether
a reconfiguration is supported or not by it. Registering a device beside a feeder the address
assigned to that end will be changed to 0 and can not be changed, since the address 0
specifies that this is a feeder.
e) The system is capable to generate SMS messages as a result of the isolation of faults and
reconfigurations. If you wish to incorporate this capability, it is needed to connect a GPRS
modem with a SIM card enabled and compatible with AT commands to any of the smART
M-6279 relays that make up the system using the COM1 port located at the rear of the
device. In that device set the number to be sent relevant messages. In other smART M-6279
relay, it is sufficient to state the address of the device that has the modem.
2.4.1.2.2 COORDINATION CONSIDERATIONS
To release a fault is required to coordinate the trip times of each protection as is usual: the closest
devices to the feeder should have a longer trip times to downstream devices, and shorter trip times
can release faults in their influence fields before the upstream devices work.

Figure 2-14 With communication algorithm configuration
smART M-6279

29
Instruction Manual
Basic tools available are the 50/51 units incorporated in the smART M-6279 relays. The curve
selection criterions for 51 unit and appropriate trip times for 50 unit are outside the scope of this
document.
smART M-6279 relays has 6 groups of settings. This automatism makes use of two of them:
current group when the automatism launches and the next group. If, for example, the current group
is 1, will be used in groups 1 and 2; if 2, will be used 2 and 3; if 6 will be used 6 and 1. In this
section we will refer to the group during the current implementation as the basic group and the
following as the alternate. In group alternate uses directional relay capability to define different
criteria for tripping faults forwards and backwards.
This use of the two groups answers the need for a coordinated protection system at the start of
the automatism and the end with a coordinate system after any reconfiguration. The Figure 2-15 is
used to describe the operation of the scheme:

For purposes of this description, we use numbers to indicate the relative position of a device
from the viewpoint of coordination. The higher the number, the faster the trip should be and vice
versa.
Each box represents a smART M-6279 relay with its breaker. Above each box there is a group of
3 numbers in two rows.
The higher row with only a number represents the position of the device on basic group.
Numbers are high because in initial state the configuration can contemplate relatively fast trips.
The lower row with two numbers, one positive and one negative. They represent the position of
the device on alternate group. The positive one corresponds with forward trips and the negative
one to backward trips.
From numbers in Figure 2-16 can be deduced that is intended to whatever point a fault is located,
the system is properly configured to isolate and then close the link point (in red). Lets see the
development of an example.
Suppose that the automatism has been implemented. The current setting group will be the basic
and we will have the system as shown in Figure 2-17. The configuration of the basic group is
active. The system operates with a relatively fast trips.

Suppose there is a fault between second and third devices:
5
1 -7
6
2 -6
7
3 -5
0
4 -4
7
3 -5
6
2 -6
5
1 -7

Figure 2-15 Operation of the scheme
5
1 -7
6
2 -6
7
3 -5
0
4 -4
7
3 -5
6
2 -6
5
1 -7

Figure 2-16 Example system
smART M-6279

30
Instruction Manual

Because as it is coordinated the device number 2 will open to release the fault, making the
reclosure cycles scheduled. Once you reach the definitive trip, the device 2 informs the others. As a
result, the device number 3 opens to isolate the fault, the devices to the right of the fault change to
alternate group and the system is reconfigured as shown in Figure 2-18.

Devices 3 and 4 assume positions of negative coordination, because the load flow is backwards
(the power will come from the right side) respect its normal connection.
2.4.1.3 PUTTING IN SERVICE
In addition to configuring the points above, the smART M-6279 relay must be connected
together using the COM2 port on the rear panel. Depending on how they are configured, this port
can be RS-485 or optical fiber. We recommend the last one to avoid ground loops that can be
harmful for devices.
In case of being present, the GPRS modem must be connected to the COM1 port.
Once configured the devices that form the system "with communication", the automatism should
be implemented. This must be done on the computer that serves as a link between the two branches
of the line (intermediate point). This device can be any of the ones that compound the system
(except for those attached to the feeders). But usually is chosen a device that is more or less in the
middle of the circuit to distribute the load equitably between the two feeders.
Before putting in service the automatism, it is necessary to ensure that the breaker of the linking
device is open. In a similar vein, the other relays that compound the system should have its
breakers closed. If the breaker of the linking device was closed, or any breaker of the other devices
was open, the implementation of the system will be aborted.
The way to start the automatism is activating the internal flag eAutoBesTIE of the linking device. This can be
achieved using a digital input connected to a signal or a button also configured to modify the value of this flag.
Enabling this flag, the linking device communicates with others in the automatism. If everything is configured
correctly, a few seconds later, the internal flag AutoBTIEOn will be activated, confirming the implementation of
automatism.
2.4.2 AUXILIAR VOLTAGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
In some applications, smART M-6279 is part of a control cabinet which has batteries and in these cases,
some battery state tests must be done periodically to check how they are working.
In order to make these tests, smART M-6279 must be configured properly and has to be connected as
shown in Figure 2-19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5
1 -7
6
2 -6
7
3 -5
0
4 -4
7
3 -5
6
2 -6
5
1 -7

Figure 2-17 Fault example between point 2 and 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5
1 -7
6
2 -6
7
3 -5
0
4 -4
7
3 -5
6
2 -6
5
1 -7

Figure 2-18 Reconfigured system
smART M-6279

31
Instruction Manual

2.4.2.1 PROTECTION CONFIGURATION FOR BATTERY TESTS
To do these tests:
1. Enable a digital input setting as input stimulus the flag eBT (battery OK test input).
2. Enable a second digital input setting as stimulus the flag ePBI (battery test
incomplete).
3. Enable a smART-P500 digital output as a general output setting as stimulus rTBE
(output for battery test). This output will automatically have a pulse duration of 5
seconds.
4. Another digital input can optionally be used with the stimulus eBB (Low battery or
minimum battery).
5. Another digital input can optionally be used with the stimulus eTAM (Minimum
VCA voltage).
6. A LED programmed with the flag rTBE (result of the battery test) can be optionally
used. This LED will show the state of the battery test.
7. It is also possible to program a LED with the flag rEPB (battery test in progress).
8. For making the test from the front panel one of the function buttons must be
programmed with the stimulus bTBAT (battery test). This button must be of type 2
(temporarily switched on) and with no confirmation.
2.4.2.2 BATTERY TEST ACTIVATION
The relay smART-P500 can execute this test helped by the external loader. There are three ways to
activate the start of the test:
Through a frontal button.
Through a remote command of a protocol (DNP, etc.).
Automatically.
2.4.2.2.1 THROUGH FRONTAL BUTTON
To activate the battery test through a frontal button, the protection must be in local mode and a button of
the frontal panel must have been programmed with the flag bTBAT as said in step number 8 of the
configuration. When this button is pressed, battery test function is executed.

Figure 2-19 Needed connection for the battery tests
smART M-6279

32
Instruction Manual

2.4.2.2.2 THROUGH REMOTE COMMAND
This activation is done using DNP or other protocol; for this, flag dAcTB (Battery test
activation order) must have been mapped to a point in DNP. Once this order has been received,
internal flag rTBR (Remote battery test activation) is enabled and the function Battery test is
executed. Protection must be in remote mode for this activation works.
2.4.2.2.3 AUTOMATIC TEST
In this case the test must be activated from the relays configuration. Options in Auxiliary Voltage Self-
Diagnosis menu in porART software must be configured.
2.4.2.3 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If an activation order arrives when there is already an active test, the order is ignored.
If the automatic test is active but it has not started yet, and an activation order arrives
through a frontal button or through a remote command, the timer for the automatic test
is reset.
2.4.2.4 BATTERY TEST OPERATION
When the battery test starts, its correspondent output is enabled. It remains active during 5 seconds and
the rEPB flag is activated too, to indicate that a test started. smART M-6279 protection waits 0.5
seconds before monitoring the input programmed as eBT (battery test OK). If after 1.5 seconds this
inputs value is still 0 (inactive or without voltage), it means that for some reason the test cannot be
done and the protection passes to Battery failure state, activating the flag rTBE (battery test status). If
the input eBT is activated, that is to say, it becomes 1 (it has voltage), it means that the loader allows
to go on with the battery test.
If inputs eBB or eTAM are connected, they are monitored before starting the test and if their value is
1, the test is aborted passing to Battery failure and raising the flag rTBE.
If the loader indicates that the test can continue, smART M-6279 protection goes on supervising the
input ePBI (Battery test interrupted); if this input remains 0 during all the test period (30 min), all the
flags will be deactivated and the state will be Battery test OK (flag rTBE equals 0). If input ePBI is
activated (value 1) before the 30 minutes pass, Battery failure condition will be declared and the
flag rTBE will become 1.
If there is Battery test failure, the flag rTBE remains 1 until a new test is executed, or smART M-
6279 is initialized.
2.5 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONS
2.5.1 INTERNAL SELF-DIAGNOSIS
The smART M-6279 relay includes routines that check continuously the state of the following
parametert:
Internal battery voltage.
Auxiliary voltage.
Hardware
- Analog-digital converter.
- FLASH memories.
- SDRAM memories.
- SRAM memories.
- FPGA.
smART M-6279

33
Instruction Manual
2.5.2 TEST MODE
This working mode permits to check the state of the LEDs, digital inputs and outputs, frontal panel
buttons and the equipment display.
The test is started through proART software and enables the checking of the states of these parameters.

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Device configuration
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual

3 DEVICE CONFIGURATION
This chapter describes other settings of the relay, the configuration of digital inputs, logical and
digital outputs, LEDs, pushbuttons, communications ports, voltage auto diagnostic and activation
events of the smART M-6279 Multifunction Relay. Most configuration parameters can be modified
through the protection frontal panel buttons and/or through proART communication software.
3.1 CONFIGURATION THROUGH SOFTWARE
proART software makes possible the communication between a computer and the family of ARTECHE
branded protections. It is a Windows application developed with Visual Studio .Net 2005 platform, which
enables the interaction with program modules developed in different programming languages. It uses
efficiently object orienting programming, getting a harmonic and scalable design; it has an open data
structure that makes easier its maintenance and the addition of new functionalities.
The following sections can be configured through proART software:
Protection, control and measurement functions.
Inputs and outputs digital signals.
Leds and buttons from the frontal panel.
Communication parameters of the serial an Ethernet ports.
Communication protocols profiles for the different ports.
Programmable logical functions.
Waveform registers configuration.
IRIG-B synchronization.
Events enabling.
Auxiliary voltage self-diagnosis.
Daylight Saving.
proART software makes possible a visual interaction between the PC user and the protections within a
friendly environment, enabling an easy and intuitive configuration of the protections, guaranteeing a
proper use of them and minimizing programming errors. All windows include on-line help and the
protection User Manual is integrated in the application.
3.1.1 SOFTWARE INITIALIZATION
The Figure 3-1 shows proART software starting window.
Device configuration ckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

Once the software has been initialized, a window similar to the one shown in Figure 3-2 appears.
Communication parameters are set in this window.

Once the communication has been set, a window similar to the one in Figure 3-3 appears. The adjustments
of the protection are established here.

Figure 3-1Starting window

Figure 3-2 Selection of the protection
smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual

Each one of the configuration options on the left side of the Figure 3-3 are described in the following
sections.
3.2 GENERAL SETTINGS
A group of parameters which describe in a general way the behaviour of the protection. They are shown in
Figure 3-4.
Name of the protection: Identifier saved into the protection memory to distinguish it by the
software monitor.
Location of the protection: Identifier of the geographic area location of the trip settings of several
functions of protection.
Ratio of phase current transformer: Nominal ratio of the current transducter of the protection.
This ratio affects directly the current values reflected by secondary in the protection and the trip
settings of several protection functions.
Ratio of neutral current transformer: Idem to last parameter but referenced to neutral current.
Ratio of voltage transformer: Nominal ratio of the voltage transducter of the protection. This ratio
affects directly the voltages values reflected by secondary in the protection and the trip settings of
several protection functions.
Nominal frequency (Hz): Power system frequency.
Type of recloser drive: Permits selecting 3-phase or single-phase.

Figure 3-3 Protection configuration
smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

Presence of voltage signals: Permits defining if voltage signals are going to be connected or not. If
they are not connected, the protection units associated to voltage will be disabled.
Active Group: Permits selecting one of the six groups of different settings to the main protection
functions. Each group has its own settings and you can choice one of setting group supported
depending of needy of the user.
Sequence: Permits selecting the sequence of the applied phases (ABC or ACB)
Configuration in units configuration: Protection adjustment parameters can be configured as
primary or secondary values.

Nominal voltage and nominal current parameters are not user editable, they are only an indication of the
available protection model. All configuration windows have two columns with the names PC and
Relay.
PC column contains the information currently in use in the computer proART software is running on.
Relay column shows the values currently stored in the internal memory of the protection. When any
difference exists between these two columns, the different parameter/s appear/s in red. In order to make
the differences disappear, option Send Configuration must be used; this operation stores the parameters
that are currently active in the PC, into the internal memory of the protection.
3.3 SETTINGS GROUPS
It is possible to configure the parameters of the 6 settings groups available in the smART M-6279
protection. The adjustment limits of each of those parameters were established in chapter 2.

Figure 3-4 General settings
smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

3.3.1 HIGH/LOW INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT (50)
The Figure 3-5 shows the configuration window of this function, which includes the following
parameters:
Enable: It enables/disables the function. In case it is not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Pickup (A): Measured current value since which the function starts being evaluated.
Constant time (s): Time to spend before the protection starts operating, once the pickup value
defined in the former parameter has been reached.
Different phase settings: If this option is checked, it is possible to adjust this function
independently for each phase, as shown in Figure 3-6

Every window shows the following buttons:
Cancel update: It cancels the changes.
Report: It shows a function settings text report.
Help: It opens a help menu about the function.

Figure 3-5 Low instant overcurrent (50)
smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

3.3.2 TIME OVERCURRENT (51)
parameters:
Pickup (A): Measured current value since which the function starts being evaluated.
Curve: It shows the different families of curves available in the protection, which are described in
Chapter 2.
Curve family: It makes possible to select a curve family of the curve type formerly selected.
Time dial: To select the index of the selected curve.
Constant time (s): Time to spend before the protection starts operating, once the pickup value
defined in the former parameter has been reached.
independently for each phase.
Electromechanical reset: Reposition time that emulates the electromechanical behaviour.

Figure 3-6 Different phase settings
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

Graph button obtains graphic of the user selected time characteristic, as shown in Figure 3-8. In this
example the graphic corresponds to a Standard Inverse ANSI Curve with time dial of 0.50.

Figure 3-7 Time overcurrent (51)
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

The integration of the instantaneous and the time curves can be performed clicking the Final
Characteristic button, as shown in Figure 3-9.

Button Load makes possible to add to this graphic the representative characteristic of an element to
protect and, thanks to this, to check graphically if the protection settings are the correct ones to get a
proper coordination as shown in Figure 3-9. The characteristic in red is the result of adding the
instantaneous step of the protection to the time characteristic. The one in black is the load. This
characteristic can be added to the graphic through the user curves selection or from an Excel file.

Figure 3-8 Time characteristic graphic

Figure 3-9 Example of protection coordination
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual

3.3.3 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE OVERCURRENT (50Q, 51Q)
parameters:
Pickup I
2
(A): Negative sequence current value since which the function starts being evaluated.
Curve: It shows the different families of curves available in the protection, which are described in
Chapter 2.
Curve family: It makes possible to select a curve family of the curve type formerly selected.
Time dial: To select the index of the selected curve.
Electromechanical reset: Reposition time that emulates the electromechanical behaviour.

3.3.4 DIRECTIONAL (67/67N/67NS)
parameters:

Figure 3-10 Negative sequence overcurrent (50Q/51Q)
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual

Enable: It enables/disables the function. In case it
is not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Address: It defines the address in which time and
instantaneous overcurrent functions will be
activated for the phases, neutral and sensitive
neutral, when there are faults ahead, behind or in
both directions from the physical position of the
protection.
Neutral ground algorithm: Selection of the
algorithm to be used for determining the address of
the faults related to ground. The available
algorithms are: Present residual and Present
residual-prefault, explained in Chapter 2.
Torque angle (Ph-Gr Fault): It defines the
highest sensibility angle for faults to ground.
Torque angle (Ph-Ph Fault): It defines the
highest sensibility angle for faults between phases.

3.3.5 OPEN PHASE (46FA)
parameters:
Enable: It enables/disables the function. In case it is
not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Pickup (p.u. of I
2
/I
1
): Ratio between negative
sequence and positive sequence currents, since which
the function starts being evaluated.
Constant time (s): Time to spend before the
protection starts operating, once the pickup value
defined in the former parameter has been reached

3.3.6 UNDERVOLTAGE (27)
The Figure 3-13 shows the configuration window for this function, which includes the following
parameters for each one of the four function steps or ranges:
Pickup (V): Voltage level (phase to ground) underneath which the function is activated.
Constant time (s): Once the pickup value defined in the former parameter has been reached, this is
the period of time to wait before the protection starts operating.
independently for each phase as shown in Figure 3-13.

Figure 3-11 Directional (67/67N/67NS)

Figure 3-12 Open Phase (46FA)
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual

3.3.7 OVERVOLTAGE (59)
The Figure 3-14 shows the configuration window of this function, which includes the following parameters for
each one of the four function steps or ranges:
Pickup (V): Voltage level (phase to ground) above which the function is activated.
independently for each phase. In the Figure 3-14 this option is disabled.

Figure 3-13 Undervoltage (27)
smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual

3.3.8 NEUTRAL OVERVOLTAGE (59N)
parameters:
Enable: It enables/disables the function. In case it is not
enabled, it is not evaluated.
Pickup (V): Voltage level above which the function is
activated.
Constant time (s): Once the pickup value defined in the
former parameter has been reached, this is the period of
time to wait before the protection starts operating.

3.3.9 UNBALANCE OF VOLTAGES (47)
The Figure 3-16 shows the configuration window of this function
which includes the following parameters:

Figure 3-14 Overvoltage (59)

Figure 3-15 Neutral overvoltage (59N)
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual

Enable: It enables/disables the
function. In case it is not enabled,
it is not evaluated.
Pickup (% of V
2
/V
1
): Ration
between negative sequence and
positive sequence voltages, above
which the function starts being
evaluated.
Constant time (s): Once the
pickup value defined in the former
parameter has been reached, this
is the period of time to wait before
the protection starts operating.

In the particular case of the instantaneous characteristic the function is activated if the sequence of the phases is
different from the established in the General Setting section.

3.3.10 FREQUENCY (81)
3.3.10.1 MINIMUM/MAXIMUM FREQUENCY

Frequency function behaves differently to the rest of the functions. There are four operation steps for this
function, the first three steps are for provoking output signals to be used in the load disconnection
automatism in order to restore the system frequency conditions. The forth step causes the disconnection of
the main switch. This behavior can be modified through the logical functions.
The settings parameters of the four steps are identical for high (81M), low (81m) and derivate (81d)
frequency. The Figure 3-17shows the settings for the first step; the rest of then are programmed in a
similar way. The settings of the different steps must be coherent in order to get a gradual frequency
recovery as the loads are disconnected. This means that the steps pickup parameter must be ordered from
highest to lowest for low frequency and from lowest to highest for high frequency.
The adjustment parameters are:
Pickup (Hz): Frequency value (Hz) from which the function is activated. For low frequency any
value under this parameter activates it, while for high frequency this happens with any value over it.
Hysteresis: Frequency (Hz) variation range to consider that it (the frequency) has changed. It is
used to make the detection of a significant variation more accurate and to avoid continuous
evaluations of the function. Once the programmed variation level for the parameter is exceeded, it is
necessary for the function activation that the limit of the hysteresis level is overcome. If the
hysteresis level is 0, the function activation will happened every time the parameter is out from the
programmed level.

Figure 3-16 Unbalance of voltages (47)
smART M-6279

14
Instruction Manual

3.3.10.2 FREQUENCY DERIVATIVE (81D)
The adjustment parameters of this function are:
Max. Supervision Freq. (Hz): Maximum supervision frequency is the highest frequency value to
be supervised.
Min. Supervision Current (A): It is the lowest current value to be supervised.
Pickup value (Hz/s): It is the frequency difference per time unit for the function to start.
Additional time (s): It is the time the step operates, once the pickup value defined in the previous
parameter is exceeded.
Pickup cycles number: Number of cycles for the unit to start.

3.3.11 DIRECTIONAL POWER (32)
The Figure 3-18 shows the configuration window for this
function.
The configuration parameters are:
Enable: It enables/disables the function. In case it is
not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Pickup (W): Reverse power level (W) above which
the function is activated.
Additional time (s): Once the pickup value defined
in the former parameter has been reached, this is the
period of time to wait before the protection starts
operating.
Different phase settings: If this option is checked, it

Figure 3-17 Minimum, Maximum and Derivate Frequency

Figure 3-18 Directional power (32)
smART M-6279

15
Instruction Manual

is possible to adjust this function independently for each phase. In Figure 3-18 this option is
disabled.
3.3.12 SYNCROCHECK (25)
The Figure 3-19 shows the configuration window of this function, which include the following
parameters:
Reference phase: Phase used to compare between both sides of the switch.
Conditions fulfillment time: Established conditions must be matched during this period of time for
synchronization to exist.
Magnitude difference
- Enable: It enables/disables the
comparison of the voltage
magnitudes between both sides
of the switch.
- Difference (V): Highest
magnitude difference between
voltages that meets the
synchronization condition.
Angle difference
comparison of the voltage angles
magnitudes between both sides
of the switch.
- Difference (): Highest angle
difference between voltages that
meets the synchronization
condition.
Frequency difference
comparison of the voltage signals
frequency magnitudes between
both sides of the switch.
- Difference (Hz): Highest
frequency difference between
voltages that meets the
synchronization condition.
3.3.13 RECLOSER RELAY (79)
The Figure 3-20 shows the configuration window for this function, which includes several sections.

Figure 3-19 Syncrocheck (25)
smART M-6279

16
Instruction Manual

Section Global enables the configuration of the following parameters:
In service: It enables/disables the function. In case it is not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Sequence coordinator: It enables/disables the sequence coordination function.
Numbers of reclosures: Maximum number of reclosures cycles of the function 79.
Reset time after aut. reclosure (Ph-Ph faults) (s): Waiting time after an automatic reclosure, to
indicate that the fault was cleared successfully. The recloser returns to its alertness or sleeps state
and resets the pickup timers. The next fault detected after this time is considered a new fault.
Reset time after aut. reclosure (Ph-Gr faults) (s): Idem to last parameter but referenced to faults
related to neutral.
Reset time after manual reclosure (s): Similar to the previous parameters, but applied to a manual
closure, not automatic.

Figure 3-20 Recloser relay (79)
smART M-6279

17
Instruction Manual

High current lockup (Phase) section makes the following parameters configurable:
Pickup (A): Current (phase) value from which the function starts being evaluated.
Constant time (s): Time to wait for the protection to operate after the pickup value defined in the
previous parameter is exceeded.
Apply after of: It defines the moment from which this function will be applied.

High current lockup (Neutral) section allows configuring the same parameters than the previous section but in
this case the current value to use is the one of the system neutral.

Time Delay section allows configuring the following parameters for each one of the four steps:
Time Delay (Ph-Ph fault) (s): It is the time to wait since the moment of the trip to the moment the
breaker closing command is sent. It applies to phase to phase faults.
Time Delay (Ph-Gr fault) (s): It is the time to wait since the moment of the trip to the moment the
breaker closing command is sent. It applies to phase to ground faults.
Trip curve after closing section allows configuring the following parameters for each one of the four reclosures,
for each phase (in case the different settings by phase option is enabled), neutral and sensitive neutral.
Curve: It shows the different families of curves available in the protection and described in Chapter
2.
Curve Family: It allows selecting a curve family within the curve type selected in the previous
parameter.
Time-dial (s): For selecting the index of the selected curve.
Protection Functions Disabling section allows disabling or not the following protection functions:
Low Instantaneous Overcurrent (50).
High Instantaneous Overcurrent (50).
Time Overcurrent (51).
Negative Sequence Instantaneous Overcurrent (50Q).
Negative Sequence Time-Overcurrent (51Q).
Open Phase (46FA).

3.3.14 COLD LOAD PICKUP
The Figure 3-21 shows the configuration window of this function, which includes the following sections.
General settings: They apply to the complete function.
Timed settings: They apply to phase, neutral and sensitive neutral timed settings.
Instantaneous settings: They apply to phase, neutral and sensitive neutral instantaneous settings.

The following parameters can be configured in the General Settings section:
smART M-6279

18
Instruction Manual

Cold Load Time (s): Time (in seconds) to wait without current signal to determine if cold load
conditions are met. Its value varies from 0 to 1000s with increments of 1s.
Pickup Time (s): The settings changes in cold load presence are held this time (in seconds). Once
cold load is detected, this functions settings are held the time configured in this parameter. Its value
varies from 0.1 to 3600s with increments of 0.01s.
The following parameters can be configured in the Timed Settings section:
Pickup (A): Measured current value from which the function starts being evaluated.
Curve: It shows the different families of curves available in the protection and described in Chapter
2.
Curve Family: It allows selecting a curve family within the curve type selected in the previous
parameter.
Time-dial (s): For selecting the index of the selected curve.
The following parameters can be configured in the Instantaneous Settings section:
Pickup (A): Measured current value from which the function starts being evaluated.
Const. time (s): Time to wait for the protection to operate after the pickup value defined in the
previous parameter is exceeded.

Figure 3-21 Cold Load Pickup
smART M-6279

19
Instruction Manual

3.3.15 USER CURVES
Up to four User Curves can be defined for each group. The Figure 3-22 shows the user curves
configuration window.

The ordered pairs (pickup current multiples vs. time) of the user desired curve can be inserted in the left
panel. To assure the homogeneity of the inserted data, the multiples of the pickup current remain fixed.
At the bottom of the table there are some buttons which have the following functions:
Export: The values shown in the table are exported to MS Excel, CSV or text formats.
Load: For loading a previously saved curve or for importing it from an Excel file. During the
proART software installation process, the example file CurvaUsuario.xls is stored in the folder
\Program Files\Grupo Arteche\proART.
Generate: For generating the graphic of any of the curves available in the protection (IEC, ANSI,
SEL, Cooper, Others) with their corresponding curves family and index.
Save: The values in the table are stored in the proART software internal database. A name for
identifying the table must be entered.

Figure 3-22 User Curve
smART M-6279

20
Instruction Manual

Report: It shows the ordered pairs of the user curve and its graphic in text format.
Help: It shows the help text of this option.

On the right panel, a graphic of the user curve inserted values is shown as visual information. In the upper
part of the window there is a bar with several options:

: Horizontal and vertical cursors in the graphic.
: It shows the points in the graphic.
Scale: For enlarging the graphic in the selected area.
Line width: For modifying the width of the line that joins the curve points.
Line quality: For showing the graphic in standard or high quality.

3.4 OTHER FUNCTIONS
3.4.1 BREAKER FAILURE (50BF)
parameters:
Enable: It enables/disables the function.
In case it is not enabled, it is not
evaluated.
Phases Reinstatement (A): Maximum
allowed current value of any phase, after
the open time, for considering that the
disconnection has actually happened.
Neutral Ground Reinstatement (A):
Maximum allowed neutral current value,
after the open time, for considering that
the disconnection has actually happened.
Open Constant Time (s): Maximum
time for the current signals to extinguish
or to reach the reposition values, once the
switch opening signal has been sent.

3.4.2 BREAKER MONITOR
parameters:

Figure 3-23 Switch-onto fault
smART M-6279

21
Instruction Manual

function. In case it is not enabled,
it is not evaluated.
Excessive trip amount:
Maximum number of allowed
operations after which the
fabricant doesnt guarantee a
proper operation of the switch.
N trips time window (s): Time
interval during which the number
of operations are counted.
Alarm threshold: Maximum
allowed value of the accumulator
used in the method for calculating
the switch wear.
Calculation type: Method used for calculating the wear of the switch poles (kI
2
,

kI,
kI
2
*t).
3.4.3 MELTING FUSES
parameters:
function. In case it is not enabled, it is
not evaluated.
Reclosing number: Selection of the
closure number which function must be
activated in.
Active group: Selection of the settings
group to use once the function is active.

3.4.4 FAULT PASS
parameters:
function. In case it is not enabled, it is
not evaluated.
Minimum operation current (A):
Adjustment value of the fault current.
Time to trip (s): Period of time
during which the fault must be
present.
Time of fault memory (s): Time
spent after the fault disappears ,
without presence of voltage.

Figure 3-24 Breaker monitor

Figure 3-25 Melting fuses

Figure 3-26 Fault pass
smART M-6279

22
Instruction Manual

3.4.5 SECTIONALIZER
parameters:
Enable: It enables/disables the function. In
case it is not enabled, it is not evaluated.
Reclosure count: Selection of the reclosure
number which activates the function.
Minimum operation current (A):
Adjustment value of the fault current.
Opening total time (s): Maximum time for
the current signals to extinguish.

3.4.6 NETWORK RECONFIGURATION
The Figure 3-28 shows the configuration window of
this function, which includes the following parameters:
Maximum load in this branch (kW): Maximum load of active power that can be
supplied by the feeder, for determining if reconfiguration is possible or not.
Left Address (19): Address of the equipment on the left of the local equipment.
Right Address (19): Address of the equipment on the right of the local equipment.
Local Address (19): Equipment address.
Phone for SMS messages: Telephone number for sending text messages.

3.5 LOGICAL FUNCTIONS
A logical input is a virtual input (not physical) whose state depends on the correspondent logical
signal. The configuration of the logical functions (internals) is made from a graphical editor
available in the proART communications software, as shown in Figure 3-29.

Figure 3-27 Sectionalizer

Figure 3-28 Network reconfiguration
smART M-6279

23
Instruction Manual

Up to 40 logical functions can be programmed. To Select a specific logical function, the node Set Logic
on the left panel of the window in the Figure 3-29 must be expanded. When selecting a SetLogic of the 40
available, the logics configuration window appears. This window includes the following panels or
sections:
Left panel:
Logic Status: List box for making the logic status selection (Active or Inactive). If the
logic is inactive, the rest of the panels are not shown.
Available flags: Tree list where all the flags that can be used as inputs for the AND and
OR gates are shown. These signals are grouped in Nodes according to their function in
the operation of the protection.
Right panel:
It includes 2 panels that show the gates combination that represent the logics as they are configured in the
memory of the PC and in the internal memory of the protection respectively.
Only the part related to the PC is editable. All the logics mechanism is composed of three gates, two input
gates (AND and OR) and a configurable gate that joins the result of the two input gates. The operation
criteria of these gates are the same used in the digital electronics.

Each signal can be inverted by double clicking on the input line of the gate where the signal is located; a
circle that indicates the inversion will then appear. In case of another double clicking on the same input,
the signal becomes direct and the circle disappears. This operation can also be done through the
correspondent button that lies on the upper panel on the right, clicking first on the input and then again on
the inversion button.
Adding an input to a gate can be accomplished in two ways:

Figure 3-29 Graphical system for the edition of the logical functions
smART M-6279

24
Instruction Manual

In the signals list, double click on the desired signal and that signal will automatically
become the input signal of the AND gate. Double clicking the signal while pressing the
Shift button will make that signal become the input of the OR gate.
Drag the desired signal with the mouse and drop it onto the desired gate.

Up to 16 signals can be connected to each one of the gates. The gate inputs number automatically
increase or decrease as the inputs are added or removed respectively. To remove an input from a gate,
click on the input to remove; it will become red an after this click Del key or Remove signal button
from the upper panel on the right. When clicking on a signal located in any of the gates, a detailed
explanation of the meaning of that flag or signal will appear. When clicking a signal, the signals explorer
will automatically select that signal.
The equation that represents the selected logic is shown in the upper right panel; it is automatically
updated as the signals in the inputs of the gate change. To change the type of the third gate, click on the
opposite gate type name that appears above it.
The final results of the logics are represented in the software as rL + the logic number. These results can
be used as input signals for other gates; this enables nesting of the programmable logics. In order to
avoid a cycle without output in the evaluation of the logics, the software applies a validation system to
eliminate infinite recursions.

3.6 DIGITAL INPUTS PROGRAMMATION
All the digital inputs are user configurable. For each one of them the status and the associated stimulus
are configurable. In proART software, these parameters can be assigned graphically as shown in Figure
3-30.
Logic Status: Active or Inactive.
Input signal description: 16 characters string, stored in the equipment in order to
become a useful indication in future applications.

Figure 3-30 Digital Inputs Configuration
smART M-6279

25
Instruction Manual

Available flags: It includes the set of stimuli which can be associated to the inputs.
They are listed at the end of this chapter.
Activation time: Time in seconds for the input signal to be present in order to be
considered active.
The final results of the inputs can be used as logic input signals, as outputs or as inputs for the LEDs
programming.
3.7 OUTPUTS PROGRAMMING
The type, character and the associated stimulus of each one of the protection outputs are configurable. In
proART software, these parameters can be assigned graphically as shown in Figure 3-31.

Output Type: This parameter tells the protection the behavior of the output. It can be one of the
following options:
Three Pole Output:
+ Three pole trip output. This kind of output is reserved for operating the main
breaker associated to the protection.
+ Three pole close output. It sends the close signal.

One Pole Output:
+ Phase A trip output. It sends the trip signal to the breaker of the phase A.
+ Phase B trip output. It sends the trip signal to the breaker of the phase B.
+ Phase C trip output. It sends the trip signal to the breaker of the phase C.
+ Phase A close output. It sends the close signal to the breaker of the phase A.
+ Phase B close output. It sends the close signal to the breaker of the phase B.

Figure 3-31Digital Outputs Configuration
smART M-6279

26
Instruction Manual

+ Phase C close output. It sends the close signal to the breaker of the phase C.

Three Pole/ One Pole Output:
+ General Output: Multiple use output, it has no restrictions.
+ Frequency Output: Special output that receives as stimulus the results of the
Frequency (81) function in the steps 1 to 3. It is used for sending actions that release
loads into the protection associated circuits and restore the frequency. The character of
this kind of output is obligatorily time output.
+ Inactive Output: If this option is selected, the signal is not in use, so the rest of the
options will not be shown.
+ Remote Control ON/OFF.
+ Remote Control Pulse.

Output Character: It represents the behavior of the output. There are 4 possible values for this
parameter:
Direct Output: The input signal (stimulus) is sent directly toward the output. The
Figure 3-32 shows an example of this kind of output, in which the stimulus is the
general trip of the protection (rGD).

To introduce a delay in the output activation, a value must be assigned to the Delay (s)
variable. This would be the value, in seconds, to wait until the stimulus signal is
applied to the output.

Time Output: The input signal is maintained during a period of time selected by the
user; after that time, the output will be reset if its input stimulus has disappeared. The
Figure 3-33 shows an example of this kind of output.

Figure 3-32 Direct Output
smART M-6279

27
Instruction Manual

Latched Output: The input signal is maintained active until a reset signal is received.
This reset signal is selected by the user. The Figure 3-34 shows an example of this kind
of output.

Inactive: If this option is selected, the output is not in use and no signal can be assigned
to the input.
Variable Minimum tim (s) is the minimum time in seconds the output will be present after
receiving a stimulus. After that time, if the initial stimulus is not present, the output will be reset.
Output 4 is of Solid State type; unlike the other outputs, which use relays, it admits lower
current levels. Outputs 10 and 11 are usually close while the others are usually open.
Available signals: It is a set of signals, grouped according to their nature. These groups are shown at the
end of the chapter.

Figure 3-33 Time Output

Figure 3-34 Latched output
smART M-6279

28
Instruction Manual

3.8 LEDS PROGRAMMING
There are 18 programmable LEDs. The status, the LED Character and the signal associated to the LED
are configurable. In proART software, these parameters can be assigned graphically as shown in Figure
3-35.

Status: Active or Inactive. If the LED is in Inactive state, the rest of the panels are not shown.

LED Character: It expresses the behavior of the LED. There are 4 possible values for this parameter:
Direct Output: The signal goes directly from the stimulus to the LED.
Time Output: The input signal is maintained active during the time programmed in the
Delay parameter. After that time, the LED is initialized.
Latched Output: The input signal is directed to a SRQ block and is maintained active
until the Reset signal is received. This reset signal is applied by the user to a SRQ free
input; RESET signal is usually the one selected for this but any available flag can be
used too.
Inactive: If this option is selected, the LED is considered to be inactive and then no
signal can be assigned to the input. Used for internal tests.

Available signals: The set of available signals. They are listed at the end of the chapter.

3.9 KEYS PROGRAMMING
The keys configuration is very similar to the inputs configuration and the LEDs programming. The status
and the associated signal can be configured for each key. In proART software, these parameters can be
assigned graphically as shown in Figure 3-36.

Figure 3-35 LEDs programming
smART M-6279

29
Instruction Manual

Status: Active or Inactive.
Available flags: The set of available signals. They are listed at the end of the chapter.

3.10 COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGS
3.10.1 DNP AND MODBUS PROTOCOLS SETTING
3.10.1.1 GENERAL PARAMETERS
The parameters common to DNP and MODBUS can be configured from this window. The
Figure 3-37 shows this window, where the general parameters of the communication protocols
available in the relay can be configured.

Figure 3-36 Keys Programming
smART M-6279

30
Instruction Manual

Full scale value for DNP 3.0: It permits defining the voltage maximum values, current,
frequency and powers read by the DNP of the 16 bits to the relay. These values will be the
maximum values possible to be representing in 16 bits.
The sign of power factor means: It permits selecting which normative will be used to indicate
the sign of the power factor (PF).
The value of the following parameters can be adjusted for DNP protocol:
Analog variation: It permits defining if the values will be sent by default in 32 or 16 bits when
exists a class 0 petition, that is, when is not specified then the values are being required whit 32 or
16 bits.
Behavior for 16-bit analog: It permits selecting the format of the 16 bits analog values report:
Scaled or Standard behavior. If the option is Scaled then the relay will program the value to full
scale to DNP3, if not, the relay do not attend the program of the values and when they are greater
than the permissible to 16 bits (-32768 a 32767) then the relay will report overflows. It is important
to mention that if the option is Scaled the full scale value to DNP3 is not adequate to the voltage
and current level of the system (real values greater than those defined) will be reported like
overflows despite the scaling.
Outputs Operation mode: It permits selecting the operation mode of the outputs:

Figure 3-37 Communications Settings
smART M-6279

31
Instruction Manual

SBO (Select Before Operate): This operation mode requires double operation to change
the state of the outputs. The first prepares the operation and the second makes the
action. This is the safest control method because it requires two consecutive orders that
are identical except for the sequence number of the data frame of the application layer.
DO (Direct Operate): Opposite to SBO in this mode is not needed any operation
previous to select.
DONA (Direct Operate Not Acknowledge): The operation in this case is similar to the
DO mode, but in this case the equipment doesnt reply indicating if the asked operation
was performed or not. As there is no equipment reply, this is the least secure mode of
the three. However, this method enables that a group of equipments meet the same
operation simultaneously, sending a message to the broadcast address and with no
need of waiting for a reply after executing the command.
Dead bands: It permits defining the tolerance percentage or dead band percentage to the analog
values and the dead band value to the counters. While an analog value remains within the range
of dead band, the latest informed reading is still considered correct.
Control Type: It permits defining the way the protection outputs are controlled; it can be Single
Control or Double Control. When Single Control is used, each output or command is handled by
a single index (map point). Using this singe point, an output can be open or closed, and also a
command can be activated or inhibited. When using Double Control, there will be two indexes
per output or command. One of them will be used for closing the output or activating a command
and the other for opening an output or inhibiting a command. The control type doesnt apply to
outputs declared as direct remote control outputs (see below).
3.10.1.2 PARAMETERS
This tab, shown in Figure 3-38, includes the list of points that can be configured with proART
software for the binary inputs, analog inputs, counters and outputs.

smART M-6279

32
Instruction Manual

In Chapter 4 there is a detailed description of the operation and the configuration parameters of
the Level 2 DNP 3.0 protocol. Modbus protocol is described in Chapter 5.

3.10.2 IEC 60870-5-101 PROTOCOL SETTINGS
It permits the configuration of the
general settings of the protocol IEC
60870-5-101 as shown in Figure
3-39.
3.10.2.2 ADDRESSES
It permits the definition of the
addresses of the simple and double
digital signals, analog signals,
simple and double commands and
system info.
3.10.2.3 PARAMETERS
As shown in Figure 3-38, this tab
includes the list of points that can be
configured with proART software
for the binary inputs, analog inputs,
counters and outputs.

Figure 3-38 Configuration options

Figure 3-39 Protocol IEC 60870-5-101 Settings
smART M-6279

33
Instruction Manual

3.10.3 HARRIS PROTOCOL SETTINGS
It permits the configuration of the
general settings of the HARRIS 5000
protocol as shown in Figure 3-40.
3.10.3.2 PARAMETERS
As shown in Figure 3-38, this tab
includes the list of points that can be
configured with proART software for the
binary inputs, analog inputs, counters and
outputs.

3.10.4 COMMUNICATION PORTS
The relay has 3 communication ports: 1
frontal RS-232 (RS-232C), 1 rear RS-232
(COM1) and 1 rear RS-485 (COM2) port.
The ports can be configured by console or
using the local keypad/display.
The Figure 3-41 shows some of the
parameters that can be configured:
Media: Transmission mode for the port: Direct, Modem or Radio.
Protocol: Selection of the communication protocol for the port. The following combinations are
possible:
Proprietary protocol and DNP 3.0
Modbus TRU protocol
Proprietary protocol and IEC 608070-5-101
Speed: Selection of the port speed in bauds (from 300 to 115200 bauds).
Time Delay for complete packages: This allows setting the time in milliseconds to complete
the transfer of a package that is already being received. If the transfer is not complete in this
period of time the protection refuses the package and will try to connect again until you reach the
number of DNP attempts programmed by the user.
Flow Control: The flow control can be made using RTS and CTS commands or keep it disabled.
Address of proprietary protocol: Shows and allows modifying the address of the proprietary
protocol, this address identifies the protection in a protection network.
DNP Address: Shows and allows changing the address of DNP protocol. DNP address and
proprietary protocol address can be the same as they are different protocols, but the address cant
be the same for a single protocol in more than one protection of the network.
DLL level retries: It allows defining the number of times the protection will retry to send a
packet after a connection error happens.

Figure 3-40 Harris Protocol Settings
smART M-6279

34
Instruction Manual

Time delay by confirmations: Period of time the protection will await confirmation of sending
data to remote computer through the port. If no reply within the time, protection will send again
the package. This option only applies when the user has selected the DNP Send/Confirm
transmission mode.
Unsolicited response enable: Enables or disables this parameter. Enabled, following settings are
shown:
a) Application layer retries
b) Destination address for unsolicited responses
c) Time delay by confirmations for unsolicited responses
d) Hold time before initiating an unsolicited response
e) Queued events before initiating an unsolicited response
Application layer retries: It is possible to choose a value between 0 and 15. Value 0 implies
infinite retries. Value 1 implies no retry at all.
Important note: If you change the configuration of the active communication port and send it to
the protection then the communication is reset and reads the setting of the protection again.

3.10.5 TCP/IP SETTINGS
The relay can optionally have an Ethernet port and communicate through TCP/IP and UDP/IP
protocols. IP protocol accepts multiple connections and they can be addressed to a communication
port. Because of this, the Ethernet connector will accept all the communication protocols supported
by the relay.

Figure 3-41 Ports settings
smART M-6279

35
Instruction Manual

3.10.5.1 GENERAL IP SETTINGS
The Figure 3-42 shows the IP parameters
configuration window.
The type of configuration can be one of the
followings:
Static: Communication settings are defined
in this configuration window with the
parameters described later.
Dynamic (DHCP): Communication settings
are got automatically from a DHCP server
(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol).
Dynamic Fallback: Communication
settings are got automatically from a DHCP server (Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol) and in case of not being able to locate a DHCP server
The significant parameters for Static or Dynamic Fallback options are:
IP address: The IP address of the equipment.
Subnet mask: It specifies the class of our IP address. The usual values of this parameter
are:
Class A network: 255.0.0.0
Class B network: 255.255.0.0
Class C network: 255.255.255.0
Subnetting: It depends on the type of our IP address and the kind of subnetting
to be defined.
Primary DNS: Primary Domain Name Server address.
Secondary DNS: Secondary Domain Name Server address. Used when the primary is
not active.
Gateway: All the packets that have to be sent out of the local network are directed to
this address.
3.10.5.2 DNP SETTINGS
The Figure 3-43 shows the DNP under TCP/IP settings window. The configurable parameters
are:
TCP port: port listening to TCP DNP connections. The default value of this port is
20000, but it can be changed.
UDP port: port listening to UDP DNP connections. The default value of this port is
20000, but it can be changed.
IP Restrict: If this option is active, a list of 10 addresses can be established. These will
be the only addresses from which the relay accepts connections. If the connection
comes from any other address, it will be rejected.

Figure 3-42 IP settings
smART M-6279

36
Instruction Manual

3.10.5.3 MODBUS SETTINGS
The Figure 3-44 shows the MODBUS under TCP/IP settings window. The configurable
parameters are:
Port: TCP port listening to MODBUS
connections. The default value of this port is 502,
but it can be changed.
IP Restrict: If this option is active, a list of 10
addresses can be established. These will be the
only addresses from which the relay accepts
connections. If the connection comes from any
other address, it will be rejected.

Figure 3-43 DNP settings for TCP/IP

Figure 3-44 MODBUS settings for
TCP/IP

smART M-6279

37
Instruction Manual

3.10.5.4 PROPRIETARY PROTOCOL SETTINGS
The Figure 3-45 shows the proprietary protocol
settings window. The configurable parameters
are:
Port: TCP port listening to proprietary
protocol connections. The default value
of this port is 12700, but it can be
changed.
IP Restrict: If this option is active, a list
of 10 addresses can be established.
These will be the only addresses from
which the relay accepts connections. If
the connection comes from any other
address, it will be rejected.

3.11 WAVEFORM RECORD CONFIGURATION
The relay has the ability to store waveforms records associated to faults or events happened
during its operation.
The configuration of the waveform registers is made using the proART configuration software,
as shown in Figure 3-46. Configuration parameters are:
Additional signal that initiates recording: The waveforms are records automatically each trip.
That is unalterable. But the user can program a second stimulus, selected from the list shown when
the button annexed to this option is pressed, to start the record of the waveforms.
Number of samples per cycle: It lets you select between 16 or 32 samples per cycle.
Number of cycles to record: Number of cycles which will be recorded in the registry. Values
allowed from 1 to 20 cycles.
Cycles to record before start signal: Cycles previous to the fault that will be saved, allowed
values from 1 to 10 (it is always smaller than the total number of cycles to save).
Record trips by frequency in steps 1 to 3: The user can decide if the trips of the function 81, in
steps 1 to 3 that are not acting on the main switch are stored in the waveform register or not.
Cycles to record after start signal: After the starting stimulus, the number of cycles recorded
has been fixed to a value of 17.

Maximum number of waveform records: As the setting above, it has been fixed to a value of
203.

Figure 3-45 Proprietary protocol
settings for TCP/IP
smART M-6279

38
Instruction Manual

3.12 MEASUREMENT SETTING
It allows configuring the range of historical records storage and other measurement parameters.
The Figure 3-47shows the proART software configuration window. In this figure there are two
tabs: Load Profile and Demand Calculation.
The configuration of the Load Profile includes the following parameters:
Available parameters: It shows a set of parameters that can be selected in order to include them
in the load profile and they will be stored in the protection, grouped in Instant Values and
Accumulators. Select the desired parameter and press Add button to make that parameter
storable in the load profile.
Programmed parameters: It shows the parameters that have already been selected by the user
to be stored in the load profile. Each selected parameter has a parameter number which will
establish the position of the parameter. For modifying the position of a parameter, it must be
selected and dragged to the desired position. For deleting parameters from the list of programmed
parameters, select the desired parameter and press Delete o Delete All for deleting all the
parameters in the list. If Cancel changes is pressed, the list of programmed parameters will revert
to the last saved configuration.
Measurement history interval (min.): It allows selecting the sampling period of the parameters
programmed to be stored in the load profile.
Estimated capacity: It shows the approximate number of days, hours and minutes during which
the protection is able to store in its internal memory the values for the load profile.
For each one of the programmed parameters, the average values and/or the maximum and/or
minimum values can be registered.

Figure 3-46 Waveform records control
smART M-6279

39
Instruction Manual

The tab corresponding to the Demand Calculation is shown in Figure 3-48.

Figure 3-47 Measurement configuration

Figure 3-48 Demand Configuration
smART M-6279

40
Instruction Manual

Demand type: It allows selecting the Demand calculation method: Block (rolled or not rolled) or Thermal.
Integration subintervals: It allows selecting the number of Subintervals to integrate that will be used in the
calculation of the Demand.
Subintervals to integrate: It allows selecting the period of time (duration) between each integration subinterval.
Integration interval: It shows the time among demands integration according to the duration of the integration
subintervals and the number of subintervals defined for the demands integration. It also shows the type of
integration: Rolled (when the same integration subinterval is used for calculating two o more demands
integration intervals) or Non Rolling (when only a subinterval is used for calculating a demands integration
interval).

3.13 IRIG-B SYNCHRONIZATION
It enables the synchronization input configuration. The Figure 3-49 shows the proART configuration
window.

3.14 SEQUENCE/RECORD EVENTS
Among the several options smART M-6279 protection offers, there is an events register which
records all the flags changes that happen in the protection. Up to 3000 events can be recorded.
Events configuration is made through proART software, as shown in Figure 3-50. The user can
limit the number of stored events disabling those flags considered of less importance.
The flags are arranged in a node tree; for disabling a complete group, the checkbox of the group
must be deselected. For disabling a specific flag, only its checkbox must be deselected. The
available signals groups are the same that the available ones in the Waveform Record
Configuration.

Figure 3-49 IRIG-B Synchronization
Configuration
smART M-6279

41
Instruction Manual

3.15 AUXILIARY VOLTAGE TEST
There are applications in which smART M-6279 relay is part of a control cabinet that has
batteries. In these cases, periodical tests are necessary in order to control the battery status, as
described in Chapter 2.In case the test is to be made automatically, there are several options of the
proART software Auxiliary Voltage Test menu that must be configured, as shown in Figure 3-51.
For the Battery Status Test, these parameters must be adjusted:
Time between tests: Period of time
between consecutive tests. Its value is in
the range [1, 8784] hours.
Duration of the test: Time in seconds
during which the self diagnostic test is
present. Internally, test duration of 30
minutes is considered. This parameter is
adjusted by the external loader.
For the Auxiliary Voltage Test, the
following parameters must be adjusted:
Voltage of Reference (higher level):
Maximum acceptable voltage (V).
Voltage of Reference (lower level):
Minimum acceptable voltage (V).

Figure 3-50 Sequence/Record Events

Figure 3-51 Auxiliary Voltage Test
smART M-6279

42
Instruction Manual

3.16 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
It allows defining the hour, day and month of the beginning and end of the daylight saving time.
It is also programmable the application of the daylight saving time (IRIG-B or software) as
shown in Figure 3-52.

3.17 VIEWING OPTIONS
The Figure 3-53 shows the viewing options offered by the proART software:
Protection
Status
Measures
Load Profile
Waveform
Records
Fault Records
Events Records
Breaker
Monitor
smART M-6279 front panel status

3.17.1 PROTECTION STATUS
It shows in a quick and summarized way the status of all the protection functions, digital inputs
and outputs, LEDs, logical functions, input signals measures and the result of many protection self
diagnosis routines, as shown in Figure 3-54.

Figure 3-52 Daylight saving time
configuration

Figure 3-53 View Menu
smART M-6279

43
Instruction Manual

3.17.2 MEASURES
Through this option the values of the different protection measurement functions are shown:
Demand Metering
Waveform
Present Values
Power Quality

3.17.2.1 DEMAND METERING
The Figure 3-55 shows the Demands visualization window of the different parameters of this
group, with their maximum and minimum values, including their time stamp.

Figure 3-54 Protection Status
smART M-6279

44
Instruction Manual

3.17.2.2 WAVEFORM
The software proART software shows graphically the waveforms of the voltage and current
channels captured by the relay. The Figure 3-56 shows the proART visualization window.
There are the following options:
Calculations: It shows a table with 88 calculations made from the information obtained from the
waveforms recorded by the relay. The module and the angle of each one of the calculations is
shown. As in the other sections, the result of the calculations will be different as the cursor position
in the waveform graphic changes.
Harmonics graph: It shows a bar diagram that represents the magnitude of the 15 first
harmonics of the signal associated to its color and selected in the section Signals to be shown.
Vectors: It shows graphically the module and the angle of the voltage and current signals
selected in the section Signals to be shown. The module and the angle of the vectors will change
as the cursor position within the waveform graphic changes. The control Fixed Angle can be
used to fix the vector angles and only express their module and the control Rotation Direction to
define in which direction the vector angles will be shown: clockwise or counterclockwise. Both
controls are located within the section Convention.
Fixed Angles: It is used for fixing the angles of the voltage and current vectors from the section
Vectors. Thus, the vectors will only represent their module and not their displacement angle each

Figure 3-55 Demands
smART M-6279

45
Instruction Manual

time the cursor changes its position in the waveform graphic. For fixing or releasing angles, click
on the button on the left.

Rotation Direction: It defines if the vectors shown in the section Vectors will rotate clockwise
or counterclockwise when the cursor changes its position in the waveform graphic, according to
the angle of each vector. For changing the vectors direction of rotation, click on the icon on the
left.
Signals to be shown: It allows the selection of the voltage and current channels to be shown in
the waveform graphic. For changing the color used by a channel in the graphics, click on the color
to change and select a different color from the color bar that appears.
Zoom: It permits the amplification of the size of the voltage (V) and current (I) channels
presented in the waveform graphic. This allows the visualization of the selected channels waves
values to be more detailed.
Zoom in/Zoom out buttons: They are used for having a more accurate view of the values of the
channels in the waveform graphic. This makes easier the visualization of the intersections between
the different channels. Buttons + and - can also be used. Using the mouse, click on a waveform
graphic point; then, drag without releasing the mouse button until getting the rectangular area that
is wanted to be zoomed in.
Update: It displays the values present in the relay when the button is pressed.
Continuous update: It displays the values present in the relay continuously until the reading is
stopped pressing the button Stop Updating.
Close: It closes the window Waveform Monitor.

After 5 minutes of inactivity, it is necessary to log into the system in order to update the values.

Figure 3-56 Waveform
smART M-6279

46
Instruction Manual

3.17.2.3 PRESENT VALUES
smART M-6279 relay takes 128 samples per cycle of the voltages and currents signals, and
calculates the harmonic components of these signals up to the multiple 31. The Figure 3-57 shows
the visualization window of this option. Values can be displayed in primary or secondary units.
3.17.2.4 POWER QUALITY (PQ)
The Figure 3-58 shows the proART visualization window for this option.

Figure 3-57 Present Values

Figure 3-58 Power Quality
smART M-6279

47
Instruction Manual

3.17.3 LOAD PROFILE
It shows the values of the stored load profile, as shown in Figure 3-59.

3.17.4 WAVEFORM RECORDS
The software proART software allows the configuration and visualization of the waveform
records stored in the internal memory of the protection. Figure 3-60 shows an example of a fault
visualization window.

Figure 3-59 Load Profile

Figure 3-60 Waveform record of a fault
smART M-6279

48
Instruction Manual

The different buttons of this window enable the following options:
Digital signals: It shows all the digital signals that have changed their status; they can
be selected and shown in the main window. The Figure 3-61 hows the selection
window.

Flag status: It shows the list of flags or internal digital signals that have changed during
the waveform recording. Figure 3-62shows the selection window.

Figure 3-61 Digital signals activated during the fault

Figure 3-62 Flag Status
smART M-6279

49
Instruction Manual

Configuration: It shows the protection functions settings and other settings of the
protection when waveform record is stored.
Phasors: Graphic of vectors related to the record, as shown in Figure 3-63
Export: It performs the exportation to a file in the following formats: COMTRADE,
Excel, Exchange Binary File, Comma Separated Values and Text file.
Import: It allows the importation of files from a database or in Exchange Binary File
format.
Save: It saves the file in the database.
Print: It supports different printing options of the file.
Help: It shows a help text about this option.
Exit: It closes the window.
3.17.5 FAULT RECORDS
This record is displayed as a window similar to the one shown in Figure 3-64, informing the user
of the dates and flags that acted in each fault.

Figure 3-63 Phasors graphic

Figure 3-64 Fault record
smART M-6279

50
Instruction Manual

3.17.6 EVENTS RECORD
It shows the values of the stored load profile, as shown in Figure 3-65.

Like waveform records, events records can be stored in internal databases of the proART
software.
Save: It saves the record in the database.
Delete: When visualizing records stored in the PC database, the record selected by the
user can be deleted. When visualizing records stored in the protection, this button will
remain disabled.
Rename: It allows renaming those records stored in the PC database.
Update: It updates the faults records information. It reads again the protection
information or the database as appropriate.
Report: It shows a report in text format containing the information stored in the events
record.
Help: It shows a help text about this option.
Close: It closes the window.

Figure 3-65 Events Record
smART M-6279

51
Instruction Manual

3.17.7 BREAKER MONITOR
It shows several parameters used for evaluating the breaker status, as shown in Figure 3-66.

3.17.8 FRONT PANEL
It allows the visualization of the relay front panel status: keypad and front panel LEDs settings,
and the texts in the display.

3.18 SETTING USING KEYPAD/DISPLAY
The Figure 3-67 shows the front panel of the relay. By the keyboard/display you can change and
display settings, measurements and faults.

Figure 3-66 Breaker monitor
smART M-6279

52
Instruction Manual

3.18.1 ELEMENTS OF THE KEYPAD/DISPLAY UNIT
The smART M-6279 have 9 push buttons described as follows:

Button Function
Setting Access the Setup menu to configure the protection
Med Access the Measure menu for averages, maximum and minimum readings of
the protection data
Fault Access the menu of events and faults to read the information recorded by the
protection
ESC Access the top level of the submenu and allows to undo the changes
(whenever they have not been validated) in the modification of parameters
Allows increasing a parameter or move by different configuration options in
each
Allows decreasing a parameter or move by different configuration options in
each

Figure 3-67 Front panel of the smART M-6279 relay

smART M-6279

53
Instruction Manual

Allows the movement (forwards) between option of same levels of a menu or
submenu
Allows the movement (backwards) between option of same levels of a menu
or submenu

Allows accessing to a submenu or to the configuration of the value of a
parameter, and validate changes

According to these buttons menu navigation is summarized as follows:
- / ESC : allows entering or leaving to each menu or submenu
- / : allows the movement between functions of same level of a submenu
- / : when a user configurable parameter is shown in the display, those buttons allow,
after pushing , modifying the parameter as permitted options. When pushing the
parameter will show blinking indicating that we can change its value. The new value of
the parameter is confirmed pushing again the button.
When the relay is in standby mode, the main screen is shown in the display, with the name of the
device, the date and time.

With the aim of reducing energy consumption in any menu or submenu you are in the relay,
elapsing five minutes since the last time you used the keyboard, backlight is deleted and the
display shows the main screen.
In case of being shown this text in the display, date and time should be configured manually
through proART.

3.18.2 SETTING BUTTON
The Settings menu shows the different settings of the relay and allows making changes to them.
smART M-6279

54
Instruction Manual

Pushing and using and buttons, you can access to the different submenus described as
follows:
- Communications
- General
- Group 1 to Group 6
- Other functions
- Outputs
- Inputs
- LEDs
- Programmable Buttons
- Measurement Configuration
- Screen
- Save Changes

IMPORTANT NOTE: As most of the parameters that are configurable using proART are also
configurable using the keypad/display, only those which have differences depending on the
configuration method will be mentioned. The rest can be consulted in previous sections, referred to
proART software.

3.18.2.1 COMMUNICATIONS
The Communications submenu allows viewing and configuration of the features of the four
communication ports of the relay (RS-232C, COM1, COM2 and TCP/IP).
For more detailed information see section 3.10. Due to the complexity of the configuration of the
different communication protocols, only the following parameters can be configured using the
display:
- Speed
- Media
- Protocol (Proprietary_DNP/ Modbus RTU/Proprietary IEC101 )
- Time delay by complete packages
- Flow Control
- Transmission Mode (only COM 2)
- Collision avoidance mechanism (only COM 2)
Fixed time of response
Random additional time of response
smART M-6279

55
Instruction Manual

- Proprietary protocol address (only Proprietary_DNP)
- DNP protocol address (only Proprietary_DNP)
- Transfers (only Proprietary_DNP)
DLL level retries
Time delay by confirmations
- Unsolicited response enable (only Proprietary_DNP)
Application layer retries
Destination address for unsolicited responses
Time delay by confirmations for unsolicited responses
Hold time after an event
Maximum number of queued events
- Modbus protocol address (only Modbus)
- Parity (only Modbus)
- Stop bits (only Modbus)

3.18.2.2 GENERAL
The General submenu shows the main configuration parameters of the device.
Pushing (inside General submenu) and using and buttons, these options will appear:
- General Settings: Pushing again this information will be shown:
Relays name
Relays location
Phase current transformer ratio (PHASES RTC)
Neutral current transformer ratio (NEUTRAL RTC)
Voltage transformer ratio (RTP)
Nominal frequency (50Hz/60Hz)
Reclosure operation type
Presence of voltage signals
Setting group (1 to 6)
Phase sequence (ABC or ACB)
Nominal voltage
Nominal current
Display language: smART M-6279 is a multi language relay. There are two
languages in memory that can be selected during the equipment operation. Using
the Display language menu the user can change from one language to the other.
- System information: Pushing again this information will be shown:
Firmware version
Serial number
smART M-6279

56
Instruction Manual

3.18.2.3 GROUP 1 TO GROUP 6:
SmART M-6279 protection allows the user developing up to six independent groups of settings of
the protection. The way to access the protection is the same for each of the groups of settings.
If we press down the button in the GROUP 1 submenu, using buttons and the next
information about the protection will appear.
Low Instantaneous Overcurrent (50).
High Instantaneous Overcurrent (50).
Time Overcurrent (51).
Negative Sequence Overcurrent:
- Instantaneous (50Q).
- Timed (51Q).
Directional (67/67N/67NS).
Open Phase (46FA).
Time and Instantaneous Undervoltage (27).
Time and Instantaneous Overvoltage (59).
Neutral Overvoltage (59N).
Unbalance of Voltages (47).
Frequency (81).
Inverse Power (32).
Sync Check.
Recloser Relay (79).
Cold Load Pickup.

3.18.2.4 OTHER FUNCTIONS
Besides the setting groups, there are other automatism functions that can be accessed from this
submenu. Pushing and using and buttons, the described as follows submenus will
appear.
Switch-Onto_Fault (50BF).
Switch Monitor (74TC/CC).
Melting Fuses.
Fault Pass.
Sectionalizer.
Spring Tightening.

smART M-6279

57
Instruction Manual

3.18.2.5 INPUTS
Pushing again inside this submenu and using and buttons, input submenus will appear
where you can move in the same way. There are up to 20 different digital inputs in the smART
M-6279 relay.

In the submenu of each input these parameters are shown:
- Active Status/ Inactive
- Input flag
- Description
- Invert
- Operation time
These parameters can only be modified with the communication software proART.

3.18.2.6 OUTPUTS
Pushing again inside this submenu and using and buttons, output submenus will
appear where you can move in the same way. There are up to 15 different contact outputs in the
smART M-6279 relay.

In the submenu of each output these parameters are shown:
- Type (Three pole trip, Three pole close, General, Frequency, Inactive)
- Output character (Direct, Time, Latched, Inactive)
- Stimulus
- Delay
- Reset (latched output)
- Const. time (time output)
- Tmin

3.18.2.7 LEDS
Pushing again inside this submenu and using and buttons, LEDs submenus will
appear where you can move in the same way. There are up to 18 different LEDs in the smART
M-6279 relay.

In the submenu of each LED these parameters are shown:
- LED Character (Direct, Time, Latched, Inactive)
- Stimulus
- Delay

smART M-6279

58
Instruction Manual

3.18.2.8 BUTTONS
Pushing again inside this submenu and using and buttons, buttons submenus will
appear where you can move in the same way. There are up to 7 different programmable buttons
in this protection (F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7).
In the submenu of each LED these parameters are shown:
- Action confirmed
- Stimulus
These parameters are not editable from the keypad of the equipment, they can only be
visualized. For modifying them, communication software proART must be used. This
procedure is explained in section 3.9.

3.18.2.9 MEASUREMENT SETTINGS
This submenu allows the change of the Measurement Settings: Load Profile and Demand
Calculation. Pushing and using and buttons, the status of each one is shown.
Load Profile:
- Measurement history interval.
- Estimated capacity.
Demand Calculation:
- Demand type.
- Integration subintervals.
- Subintervals to integrate.
- Integration interval.
- Time of 90% of Total Value.

3.18.2.10 DISPLAY
This submenu allows the change of the display configuration parameters: Backlight and
Contrast. Pushing and using and buttons, their status is shown.

The way for making changes is push button and when the last value of the scale is blinking,
using and buttons and again to confirm.
To make the changes permanent, they must be saved, as described in the following section.

3.18.2.11 SAVE CHANGES
All the changes made in the previous parameters must be saved before elapsing 3 minutes since
last modification without using the keypad. In other case, these changes will be lost.
smART M-6279

59
Instruction Manual

To save changes it is needed to enter in this option of the menu. Pushing , if there are any
changes, the device asks for the password. Once introduced the correct password, pushing
again the changes will be saved automatically.

The equipment is programmed to accept a maximum of three wrong password attempts. In case
of this, the relay will block the saving process. This blocking will be active during 1hour.

If there are not changes, the relay will show this message when entering to this menu:

3.18.2.12 PARAMETERS, RANGES AND INCREASES OF SETTINGS MENU

Parameter Location Range/ options Unit Minimum
Vel Communications. COM X Config. 300- 115200 Baud. -
Prot Communications. COM X Config. Prop/ DNP- Modbus - -
TmoPck Communications. COM X Config. 0- 24464 s 1
Ctrl Communications. COM X Config SinCtrl- RTS/CTS - -
Dir Prop Communications. COM X Config. 0- 32767 node 1
smART M-6279

60
Instruction Manual

Dir DNP Communications. COM X Config. 0- 32767 node 1
Trans Communications. COM X Config. Confir/ Not Confir - -
ReintentosDLL Communications. COM X Config. 0- 15 - 1
TmoCnf Communications. COM X Config. 0- 65535 ms 1
HabResp Communications. COM X Config. No- Yes - -
Reintentos Communications. COM X Config. 0- 15/ infinite - 1
DisDest Communications. COM X Config. 0- 65535 - 1
TEspNoSol Communications. COM X Config. 50- 65000 ms 1
TEspEvento Communications. COM X Config. 50- 65000 ms 1
MaxEventos Communications. COM X Config. 1- 300 - 1
DirModbus Communications. COM X Config. 0- 65535 node 1
Paridad Communications. COM X Config. Without Parity/
Even/ Odd
- -
Bits Paro Communications. COM X Config. 1/ 2 bits -
ModoTX Communications. COM 2 Config. Fixed/ Random - -
Ev.Colis Communications. COM 2 Config. No/ Yes - -
Tfijo Communications. COM 2 Config. 0- 65000 ms -
Taleatorio Communications. COM 2 Config. 0- 65000 ms -
RTC Fases General. General Settings 1.0- 2800.0 - 0.1
RTC Neutro General. General Settings 1.0- 2800.0 - 0.1
RTP General. General Settings 1.0- 10338.0 - 0.1
Frec Nominal General. General Settings 50- 60 Hz 10
Inter. Hist Med General. General Settings 1- 15 min 1
Tipo Acc.
Rest.
General. General Settings One pole/Three pole - -
Presencia
Senal Voltaje
General. General Settings No/ Yes - -
Grupo de
Ajuste
General. General Settings 1- 6 - 1
Secuencia General. General Settings ACB/ ABC - -
Metodo
Medicion In
General. General Settings In measured/ In
calculated
- -
Indice X Time. Curve IEC. Fam X 0.05- 1.09 - 0.01
Indice X Time. Curve ANSI. Fam X 0.5- 30 - 0.01
Indice X Time. Curve SEL. Fam X 0.5- 15 - 0.01
smART M-6279

61
Instruction Manual

Indice X Time. Curve OTRAS. Fam X 0.5- 30 - 0.01
Reset X Time X. No/ Yes
Arr Group X. Time overcurrent. Phase X 0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Time overcurrent. Phase X 0- 600 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Time overcurrent. Neutral 0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Time overcurrent. Neutral 0- 600 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Time overcurrent. Sensitive
Neutral
0.005- 10.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Time overcurrent. Sensitive
Neutral
0- 1800 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Instantaneous overcurrent
Low. Phase X
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Instantaneous overcurrent
Low. Phase X
0- 60 s 0.01
Low. Neutral
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
Low. Neutral
0- 60 s 0.01
Low. Sensitive Neutral
0.005- 10.000 A 0.001
Low. Sensitive Neutral
0- 60 s 0.01
High. Phase X
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
High. Phase X
0- 60 s 0.01
High. Neutral
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
High. Neutral
0- 60 s 0.01
High. Sensitive Neutral
0.005- 10.000 A 0.001
High. Sensitive Neutral
0- 60 s 0.01
Dir Group X. Directional overcurrent Forward-Backward - -
AngSensMax Group X. Directional overcurrent 0.00- 90 0.01
Arr Group X. Current Unbalanced. Time. 0.10- 10.00 A 0.01
T. Fijo Group X. Current Unbalanced. Time. 0- 600 s 0.01
smART M-6279

62
Instruction Manual

Arr Group X. Current Unbalanced.
Instantaneous.
0.10- 10.00 A 0.01
T. Fijo Group X. Current Unbalanced.
Instantaneous.
0- 60 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Open Phase 0.10- 0.50 A 0.01
T. Fijo Group X. Open Phase 0.05- 300 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Under/ Over Volatge. Time 3.500- 10.500 V 0.005
T. Fijo Group X. Under/ Over Volatge. Time 0- 600 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Under/ Over Volatge.
Instantaneous
3.500- 10.500 V 0.005
T. Fijo Group X. Under/ Over Volatge.
Instantaneous
0- 60 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Voltage unbalanced. Time 0.10- 0.50 V 0.01
T. Fijo Group X. Voltage unbalanced. Time 0- 60 s 0.01
T. Fijo Group X. Voltage unbalanced. Inst. 0- 60 s 0.01
Hz Group X. Freq. Step X. Mn./ Mx. 46.0- 64.0 Hz 0.1
T. Fijo Group X. Freq. Step X. Mn./ Mx. 0.05- 600 s 0.05
Hist Group X. Freq. Step X. Mn./ Mx. 0.0- 1.0 - 0.1
En servicio Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
No/ Yes - -
Coord. Sec. Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
No/ Yes - -
No. Recierres Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
1- 4 - 1
T. Seg. FF Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
1- 600 s 1
T. Seg. FT Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
1- 600 s 1
T. Seg. CM Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
General
1- 600 s 1
T. Esp. FF Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
Reclose 1
0.05- 600 s 0.01
T. Esp. FT Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
Reclose 1
0.05- 600 s 0.1
T. Esp. FF Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
Reclose 2/ 3/ 4
1- 600 s 1
T. Esp. FT Group X. Automatisms. Recloser.
Reclose 2/ 3/ 4
1- 600 s 1
smART M-6279

63
Instruction Manual

Arr Group X. Automatisms. Recloser. High
Current Lockup. Phase/ Neutral
0.050- 20.000 A 0.005
T. Fijo Group X. Automatisms. Recloser. High
0- 60 s 0.01
NCierres Group X. Automatisms. Recloser. High
0- 4 - 1
Tiempo CF Group X. Cold Load. General 0- 10000 s 1
T. Act. Group X. Cold Load. General 0.10- 3600 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Cold Load. Instantaneous
Phases/ Neutral/ Sensitive Neutral
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Cold Load. Instantaneous
Phases/ Neutral/ Sensitive Neutral
0- 60 s 0.01
Arr Group X. Cold Load. Time Phases/
Neutral/ Sensitive Neutral
0.020- 20.000 A 0.001
T. Fijo Group X. Cold Load. Time Phases/
Neutral/ Sensitive Neutral
0- 600 s 0.01
Rep. F Group X. Breaker Failure 0.050- 100 A 0.005
Rep. N Group X. Breaker Failure 0.050- 100 A 0.001
T. Fijo A Group X. Breaker Failure 0- 60 s 0.01
T. Fijo C Group X. Breaker Failure 0- 60 s 0.01
No. Ex. Dis Group X. Breaker Monitor 1- 254 - 1
Ventana T Group X. Breaker Monitor 300- 3600 s 1
Umbral A Group X. Breaker Monitor 0- 65535 - 1
Tipo Cal Group X. Breaker Monitor kI/ kI2/ kI2t - -
T. Esp. FF R4 Group X. Breaker Monitor 0- 0.1 s 0.01
NoCierre Other Automatisms. Fuse Blow Up 1- 3 - 1
Grupo Other Automatisms. Fuse Blow Up 1- 6 - 1
IMin Act Other Automatisms. Fault Pass 60- 100 A 0.1
T. Tempor Other Automatisms. Fault Pass 0- 60 s 0.1
T. MemF Other Automatisms. Fault Pass 0- 60 s 0.1
Conteos Other Automatisms. Sectionalizer 0- 3 - 1
IMin Act Other Automatisms. Sectionalizer 60- 100 A 0.1
T. Tot. Ap Other Automatisms. Sectionalizer 0- 30 s 0.1
T. Tensado Other Automatisms. Stretch Springs 0.1- 100 s 0.1
Imp. Remoto Other Automatisms. Hot Line Tag No/ Yes - -
smART M-6279

64
Instruction Manual

3.18.3 MED BUTTON
The button Med corresponds to the Measurement menu, which allows the display of measured
values for the protection smART M-6279. The main screen also shows the internal temperature of
the device.

Pushing and using and buttons, the described as follows different submenus can be
acceded:
- Instantaneous
- PQ Instantaneous
- Statistics
- Self-diagnostic

3.18.3.1 INSTANTANEOUS
Pushing again inside INSTANTANEOUS submenu and using and buttons, will
show the measurements of the instantaneous values of the following variables:
- Current signals: Ia, Ib, Ic, In, Is
- Voltage signals: Va, Vb, Vc, Vab, Vbc, Vca
- Active, reactive and apparent power and power factor of phase A.
- Active, reactive and apparent power and power factor of phase B.
- Active, reactive and apparent power and power factor of phase C.
- Active, reactive and apparent power and power factor of the three phases.
- Phase sequence
3.18.3.2 PQ INSTANTANEOUS
Pushing again inside PQ INSTANTANEOUS submenu and using and buttons, will
show the measurements of the instantaneous values of the following variables:
- Distortion factor (FD): Ia, Ib, Ic, Va, Vb, Vc
- Total harmonic distortion (THD): Ia, Ib, Ic, Va, Vb, Vc

3.18.3.3 STATISTICS
Pushing again inside STATISTICS submenu and using and buttons, will show
following statistical data:
- Number of recloses
- Reclose 1
- Reclose 2
smART M-6279

65
Instruction Manual

- Reclose 3
- Reclose 4
- Number of trips
- Summation KI2 (Phase A, Phase B, Phase C)

3.18.3.4 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS
Pushing again inside SELF-DIAGNOSTICS submenu and using and buttons, will
show the d values of the following parameters:
- Auxiliary voltage
- Battery voltage

3.18.4 FAULT BUTTON
The button Fault corresponds to the Faults and Events menu, which allows the display of the
faults and events registered by the smART M-6279 protection.

Pushing and using and buttons, the described as follows different submenus can be
acceded:
- Faults
- Events

3.18.4.1 FAULTS
Pushing again inside FAULTS submenu and using and buttons, will show
submenus for different faults for which we will move the same way. This relay allows showing
up to 32 faults.
The submenu for each fault shows these values:
- Date and time
- Current signals: Ia, Ib, Ic, In, Is
- Voltage signals: Va, Vb y Vc
- Trip cause

3.18.4.2 EVENTS
Pushing again inside EVENTS submenu and using and buttons, will show
submenus for different events for which we will move the same way.

smART M-6279

66
Instruction Manual

The submenu for each event shows these values:
- Associated button
- Stimulus associated to the event.

3.19 INTERNAL SIGNALS AVAILABLE
There are a set of internal signals that are used to configure the logic, digital outputs, enabling
events and other functions in the relay. The complete list of these is:
General
rGA: General pickup
rGD: General trip
rSIA: Any overcurrent function pickup.
rSID: Any overcurrent function trip.
rSIDF: Any phase overcurrent function trip.
rSIDN: Any neutral overcurrent function trip.
rSIDNS: Any sensitive neutral overcurrent function trip.
rVA. Voltage function pickup.
rVD: Voltage function general trip.
rFA: Frequency function general pickup.
rFD: Frequency function general trip.
rEL: Local state outputs.
rEH: Hardware failure indication.
rControlOK: Device properly working, it is the denied of rEH.
rDirAdeA: Forward fault phase A.
rDirAdeB: Forward fault phase B.
rDirAdeC: Forward fault phase C.
rDirAdeN: Forward fault phase N.
rDirAdeNS: Forward fault phase NS.
rDirAtrA: Backward fault phase A.
rDirAtrB: Backward fault phase B.
rDirAtrC: Backward fault phase C.
rDirAtrN: Backward fault phase N.
rDirAtrNS: Backward fault phase NS.
rDirBlq: Directionality trip locked.
rRestart: Indicates device recovery.
rFaseDis: Indicates faulted phase.

Low Instantaneous Overcurrent (50)
r50FAA: Phase A instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
r50FBA: Phase B instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
r50FCA: Phase C instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
r50NA: Neutral instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
smART M-6279

67
Instruction Manual

r50NSA: Sensitive neutral instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
r50FAD: Phase A instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50FBD: Phase B instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50FCD: Phase C instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50ND: Neutral instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50NSD: Sensitive neutral instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50F3A: Phases instantaneous overcurrent function pickup
r50F3D: Phases instantaneous overcurrent function trip

High instantaneous Overcurrent (50)
r50HFAA: Phase A instantaneous overcurrent (high) function pickup
r50HFBA: Phase B instantaneous overcurrent (high) function pickup
r50HFCA: Phase C instantaneous overcurrent (high) function pickup
r50HNA: Neutral instantaneous overcurrent (high) function pickup
r50HNSA: Sensitive neutral instantaneous overcurrent (function) function pickup
r50HFAD: Phase A instantaneous overcurrent (high) function trip
r50HFBD: Phase B instantaneous overcurrent (high) function trip
r50HFCD: Phase C instantaneous overcurrent (high) function trip
r50HND: Neutral instantaneous overcurrent function trip
r50HNSD: Sensitive neutral instantaneous overcurrent (high) function trip
r50HF3A: Phases instantaneous overcurrent (high) function pickup
r50HF3D: Phases instantaneous overcurrent (high) function trip

Time Overcurrent (51)
r51F3A: Phases time overcurrent function pickup.
r51FAA: Phase A time overcurrent function pickup.
r51FBA: Phase B time overcurrent function pickup.
r51FCA: Phase C time overcurrent function pickup.
r51NA: Neutral time overcurrent function pickup.
r51NSA: Sensitive Neutral time overcurrent function pickup.
r51F3D: Phases timed overcurrent function trip.
r51FAD: Phase A timed overcurrent function trip.
r51FBD: Phase B timed overcurrent function trip.
r51FCD: Phase C timed overcurrent function trip.
r51ND: Neutral timed overcurrent function trip.
r51NSD: Sensitive neutral timed overcurrent function trip.
r51FAR: Phase A overcurrent re-fall.
r51FBR: Phase B overcurrent re-fall.
r51FCR: Phase C overcurrent re-fall.
r51NR: Neutral overcurrent re-fall.
r51NSR: Sensitive neutral overcurrent re-fall

smART M-6279

68
Instruction Manual

Negative Sequence Overcurrent (51Q/50Q)
r51QA: Negative sequence time overcurrent function pickup.
r51QD: Negative sequence time overcurrent function trip.
r51QR: Negative sequence time overcurrent function re-fall.
r50QA: Negative sequence instantaneous overcurrent function pickup.
r50QD: Negative sequence instantaneous overcurrent function trip.

Open Phase (46FA)
r46FAA: Open phase time function pickup.
r46FAD: Open phase time function trip.

Undervoltage (27)
r27IF3A1: Three phase instantaneous undervoltage function pickup. Step 1.
r27IF3D1: Three phase instantaneous undervoltage function trip. Step 1.
r27IFAA1: Phase A instantaneous undervoltage function pickup. Step 1.
r27IFBA1: Phase B instantaneous undervoltage function pickup. Step 1.
r27IFCA1: Phase C instantaneous undervoltage function pickup. Step 1.
r27IFAD1: Phase A instantaneous undervoltage function trip. Step 1.
smART M-6279

69
Instruction Manual

r27IFBD1: Phase B instantaneous undervoltage function trip. Step 1.
r27IFCD1: Phase C instantaneous undervoltage function trip. Step 1.

Overvoltage (59)
r59IF3A1: Three phase instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step 1.
r59IF3D1: Three phase instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step 1.
r59IFAA1: Phase A instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step 1.
r59IFBA1: Phase B instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step 1.
r59IFCA1: Phase C instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step 1.
r59IFAD1: Phase A instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step 1.
r59IFBD1: Phase B instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step 1.
smART M-6279

70
Instruction Manual

r59IFCD1: Phase C instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step 1.

Neutral overvoltage (59N)
r59NA: Neutral Overvoltage Pickup.
r59ND: Neutral Overvoltage Trip.

Voltage unbalances (47)
r47VIA: Instantaneous voltage unbalances function pickup.
r47VID: Instantaneous voltage unbalances function trip.
r47VTA: Time voltage unbalances function pickup.
r47VTD: Time voltage unbalances function trip.

Frequency (81)
r81FBA1: Low frequency pickup, step 1.
r81FBD1: Low frequency trip, step 1.
r81FAA1: High frequency pickup, step 1.
r81FAD1: High frequency trip, step 1.
r81FDA1: Frequency derivative pickup step 1.
smART M-6279

71
Instruction Manual

r81FDD1: Frequency derivative trip step 1.

Sync Check (25)
25PermisoCierre: Close permission because the function 25 synchrony conditions have
been met.
r25FalloSincronismo: Synchrony failure because a funtion 25 condition has not been
met.
Inverse Power (32)
r32FAA: Phase A inverse power function pickup.
r32FBA: Phase B inverse power function pickup.
r32FCA: Phase C inverse power function pickup.
r323FA: Three phase inverse power function pickup.
r32FAD: Phase A inverse power function trip.
r32FBD: Phase B inverse power function trip.
r32FCD: Phase C inverse power function trip.
r323FD: Three phase inverse power function trip.

Recloser (79)
r79IFA: Order to close Phase A relay.
r79IFB: Order to close Phase B relay.
r79IFC: Order to close Phase C relay.
r79S: Restorative in services.
r79R: Restorative sleeping.
r79CC1: Cycle 1 in curse.
r79TR1: Delay time 1 recloser
r79TR2: Delay time 2 recloser
r79TR3: Delay time 3 recloser.
r79TR4: Delay time 4 recloser.
r79TSCM: Security time to manual close.
r79TSC1: Security time automatic close cycle 1.
smART M-6279

72
Instruction Manual

r79PC: Restorative previous cycle.
r79CC: Restorative in course cycle.
r79RA: Active reclose time.
r79SA: Active security time.
r79CM: Manual close.
r79DD: Restorative end trip.

High current lockup
r50BHCFA: Phases high current lockup pickup.
r50BHCFD: Phases high current lockup trip.
r50BHCNA: Neutral high current lockup pickup.
r50BHCND: Neutral high current lockup trip.

Cold load pickup
rCAFA: Cold load pickup.

Breaker Protection
r52FIAFA: Phase A switch fault function pickup.
r52FIAFB: Phase B switch fault function pickup.
r52FIAFC: Phase C switch fault function pickup.
r52FIDFA: Phase A switch fault function trip.
r52FIDFB: Phase B switch fault function trip.
r52FIDFC: Phase C switch fault function trip.
r52FAFA: Failure opening Phase A switch.
r52FAFB: Failure opening Phase B switch.
r52FAFC: Failure opening Phase C switch.
r52FCFA: Failure closing Phase A switch.
r52FCFB: Failure closing Phase B switch.
r52FCFC: Failure closing Phase C switch.
r52OCFA: Order to close Phase A switch.
r52OCFB: Order to close Phase B switch.
r52OCFC: Order to close Phase C switch.
r52AFA: Phase A closed switch.
r52AFB: Phase B closed switch.
r52AFC: Phase C closed switch.

Breaker monitor (74TC/CC)
r52KI2A: Over threshold of Phase A kI2.
smART M-6279

73
Instruction Manual

r52KI2B: Over threshold of Phase B kI2.
r52KI2C: Over threshold of Phase C kI2.
r74EXCDISP: Excessive trip amount.

Fuse blow up
rFFA: Fuse blow up function pickup

Sectionalizer
rSecc: Sectionalizer opening.

Spring Tightening
rSMD: Spring untightened output.

Logical
rL1: Logical 1.
rL2: Logical 2.
rL3: Logical 3.
rL4: Logical 4.
rL5: Logical 5.
rL6: Logical 6.
rL7: Logical 7.
rL8: Logical 8.
rL9: Logical 9.
rL10: Logical 10.
rL11: Logical 11.
rL12: Logical 12.
rL13: Logical 13.
rL14: Logical 14.
rL15: Logical 15.
rL16: Logical 16.
rL17: Logical 17.
rL18: Logical 18.
rL19: Logical 19.
rL20: Logical 20.
rL21: Logical 21.
rL22: Logical 22.
rL23: Logical 23.
rL24: Logical 24.
rL25 Logical 25
rL26: Logical26.
smART M-6279

74
Instruction Manual

rL27: Logical27.
rL28: Logical 28.
rL29: Logical 29.
rL30: Logical 30.
rL31: Logical 31.
rL32: Logical 32.
rL33: Logical 33.
rL34: Logical 34.
rL35: Logical 35.
rL36: Logical 36.
rL37: Logical 37.
rL38: Logical 38.
rL39: Logical 39.
rL40: Logical 40.

Inputs/Outputs
rE1: Input 1.
rE2: Input 2.
rE3: Input 3.
rE4: Input 4.
rE5: Input 5.
rE6: Input 6.
rE7: Input 7.
rE8: Input 8.
rE9: Input 9.
rE10: Input 10.
rE11: Input 11.
rE12: Input 12.
rE13: Input 13.
rE14: Input 14.
rE15: Input 15.
rE16: Input 16.
rE17: Input 17.
rE18: Input 18.
rE19: Input 19.
rE20: Input 20.
rS1: Output 1.
rS2: Output 2.
rS3: Output 3.
rS4: Output 4 (Opto).
rS5: Output 5.
rS6: Output 6.
smART M-6279

75
Instruction Manual

rS7: Output 7.
rS8: Output 8.
rS9: Output 9.
rS10: Output 10.
rS11: Output 11.
rS12: Output 12.
rS13: Output 13.
rS14: Output 14.
rS15: Output 15.

Blocks/Buttons

Buttons
bTBAT: Test of the external battery
b1: Close breaker.
b0: Open breaker.
bLoR: Local/Remote change.
bFUNDIRFUS: Blow fuse function enable
bRESET: Reset.
bAJUSTE: Settings button
bMED: Measurements button
bFALLA: Fault button
bARR: Up button
bABA: Down button
bIZQ: Left button
bDER: Right button
bSEL: Enter button
bESC: Escape button
bF1: F1 button
bF2: F2 button
bF3: F3 button
bF4: F4 button
bF5: F5 button
bF6: F6 button
bF7: F7 button

General
b_CIERRE: Closure lockup.
b_FASES: Phase protection functions lockup
b_SC: All overcurrent functions lockup.
b_FASES_SC: Overcurrent phases lockup.
b_NEUTRO: Ground functions lockup.
smART M-6279

76
Instruction Manual

bB_NSEN: Sensitive ground functions lockup.

Low Instantaneous Overcurrent (50)
br50BFA: Phase A low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50BFB: Phase B low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50BFC: Phase C low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50BN: Neutral low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50BNS: Sensitive neutral low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50BF: PHASES low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50B: Low instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.

High Instantaneous Overcurrent (50)
br50HFA: Phase A high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50HFB: Phase B high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50HFC: Phase C high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50HN: Neutral high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50HNS: Sensitive neutral high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50HF: PHASES high instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br50H: High instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.

Instantaneous Overcurrent (50)
br50N: Neutral instantaneous function lockup.
br50NS: Sensitive neutral instantaneous function lockup.
br50F: PHASES instantaneous function lockup.
br50: Instantaneous function lockup.

br51FA: Phase A time overcurrent function lockup.
br51FB: Phase B time overcurrent function lockup.
br51FC: Phase C time overcurrent function lockup.
br51N: Neutral time overcurrent function lockup.
br51NS: Sensitive neutral time overcurrent function lockup.
br51F: PHASES time overcurrent function lockup.
br51: Time overcurrent function lockup.

Negative Sequence Overcurrent (51Q/50Q)
smART M-6279

77
Instruction Manual

br50Q: Negative sequence instantaneous overcurrent function lockup.
br51Q: Negative sequence time overcurrent function lockup.
br5051Q: Negative sequence function lockup.

Directional (67/67N/67NS)
br67A: Forward directional lockup.
br67T: Backward directional lockup.
br67: Directional lockup.

Open Phase (46FA)
br46: Open phase function lockup.

Undervoltage (27)
br27IFA1: Phase A undervoltage function lockup, step 1.
br27IFB1: Phase B undervoltage function lockup, step 1.
br27IFC1: Phase C undervoltage function lockup, step 1.
br27IF1: PHASES undervoltage function lockup, step 1.
br27: Undervoltage function lockup.

Overvoltage (59)
br59IFA1: Phase A overvoltage function lockup, step 1.
br59IFB1: Phase B overvoltage function lockup, step 1.
br59IFC1: Phase C overvoltage function lockup, step 1.
br59IF1: PHASES overvoltage function lockup, step 1.
smART M-6279

78
Instruction Manual

br59: Overvoltage function lockup.

Neutral overvoltage (59N)
br59N: Neutral overvoltage function lockup.

Voltages unbalance (47)
br47T: Timed voltages unbalance function lockup.
br47I: Instantaneous voltages unbalance function lockup.
br47: Voltages unbalance function lockup.

Frequency (81)
br81B1: Low frequency function lockup, step 1.
br81B: Low frequency function lockup.
br81A1: High frequency function lockup, step 1.
br81A: High frequency function lockup.
br81D1: Frequency derivative function lockup, step 1.
smART M-6279

79
Instruction Manual

br81D: Frequency derivative function lockup.
br81: Frequency function lockup.

Inverse Power (32)
br32FA: Phase A inverse power function lockup.
br32FB: Phase B inverse power function lockup.
br32FC: Phase C inverse power function lockup.
br32F3: Three pole inverse power function lockup.
br32: Inverse power function lockup.

Sync Check (25)
br25M: Sync check function lockup. Module checking.
br25A: Sync check function lockup. Angle checking.
br25F: Sync check function lockup. Phase checking.
br25: Sync check function lockup.

Recloser (79)
brCS: Sequence coordination lockup.
br50HCF: Lockup due to phases high current.
br50HCN: Lockup due to neutral high current.
br50HC: Lockup due to high current.
br79BI: Internal lockup.
br79: Recloser function lockup.

Cold Load Pickup
brCF: Cold load pickup function lockup.
smART M-6279

80
Instruction Manual

Breaker protection
br52: Breaker protection function lockup.

Breaker monitor (74TC/CC)
br74TC: Breaker monitor function lockup.

Fuse blow up
brFF: Fuse blow up function lockup.

Spring Tightening
brTM: Spring tightening function lockup.

Network Reconfiguration
brTIE: Network reconfiguration function lockup.

Fault Pass
brPF: Fault pass function lockup.
Beckwith Electric Co. Inc DNP 3.0 Protocol Profile
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual

4 DNP3 PROTOCOL PROFILE

4.1 INTRODUCTION
The content of this chapter follows the recommendations contained in the DNP3 protocol
specification (Basic 4 document set) to supplement (DNP3 V3.00 SUBSET DEFINITIONS
Version 2.00) and other related technical bulletins. To fully understand the contents of this chapter
is required to know the documents referenced. These can be obtained from the website of the group
of users DNP: http://www.dnp.org
The smART M-6279 offers a map of internal points and redirection tables. The tables are used to
configure the map points that can be explored using the protocol. Using the configuration software
proART it is possible to define the map points that will have the device to suit the needs of each
installation
The DNP3 protocol implementation at the smART M-6279 allows coexistence with the
proprietary protocol. That is, each message received by the smART M-6279 is examined to
determine the protocol that is encrypted, so that the computer responds adequately whether the
message is DNP3 or is smART proprietary protocol.
This is not the case with the MODBUS protocol. If a port is configured to work using the
MODBUS-RTU protocol, will only take applications coded in this protocol and not in any other.
The smART M-6279 has 3 serial ports. The DNP3 protocol is present in all of them, with the
possible exception noted in the preceding paragraph. Each port has an independent configuration in
relation to the speed (baud rate), address and others. However, all ports of the SmART M-6279
share redirection tables. This means that the points map for all ports is the same. It is not possible
to configure separate redirection tables for each port.
The Figure 4-1 shows the device profile required in the documentation of the protocol.
DNP 3.0 Protocol Profile eckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

4.2 DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT

DNP V3.00
DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT

Vendor Name: ARTECHE MEDICIN Y TECNOLOGA, S.A. DE C.V.

Device Name: smART M-6279

Highest DNP Level Supported:

For Requests Level 2
For Responses Level 2

Device Function:

Master Slave

Notable objects, functions, and/or qualifiers supported in addition to the Highest DNP
Levels Supported (the complete list is described in the attached table):

Maximum Data Link Frame Size (octets):
Transmitted 292
Received 292

Maximum Application Fragment Size
(octets):
Transmitted 2048
Received 249

Maximum Data Link Re-tries:
None
Fixed at
Configurable, range 2 to 8

Maximum Application Layer Re-tries:

None
Configurable

Requires Data Link Layer Confirmation:

Never Sometimes
Always Configurable

Requires Application Layer Confirmation:

Never
Always
When reporting Event Data
When sending multi-fragment responses
Sometimes
Configurable

Timeouts while waiting for:

Data Link Confirm None Fixed at _____ Variable Configurable
Complete Appl. Fragment None Fixed at _____ Variable Configurable
Application Confirm None Fixed at 2000 Variable Configurable
Complete Appl. Response None Fixed at _____ Variable Configurable

Sends/Executes Control Operations:

WRITE Binary Outputs: Never Always Sometimes Configurable
smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual

SELECT/OPERATE Never Always Sometimes Configurable
DIRECT OPERATE Never Always Sometimes Configurable
DIRECT OPERATE NO ACK Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Count > 1 Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Pulse On Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Pulse Off Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Latch On Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Latch Off Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Queue Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Clear Queue Never Always Sometimes Configurable

FILL OUT THE FOLLOWING FOR MASTER DEVICES ONLY
Expects binary input change events
Either time-tagged or non-time-tagged for single event
Both time-tagged or non-time-tagged for single event
Configurable (attach explanation)

FILL OUT THE FOLLOWING FOR SLAVE DEVICES ONLY
Reports Binary Input Change Events when no
specific variation requested:

Never
Only time-tagged
Only non-time-tagged
Configurable to send both, one or the
other.

Reports time-tagged Binary Input Change
Events when no specific variation requested:

Never
Binary Input Change With Time
Binary Input Change With Relative
Time
Configurable

Sends Unsolicited Responses:
Never
Configurable (attach explanation)
Only certain objects
Sometimes (attach explanation)
ENABLE/DISABLE UNSOLICITED
Sends Static Data in Unsolicited Responses:
Never
When Device Restarts
When Status Flags Change

Default Counter Object/Variation:
No Counters Reported
Configurable
Default Object 20
Default Variation 1
Point-by-point list attached
Counters Roll Over at:
No Counters Reported
Configurable
16 Bits
32 Bits
Other Value
Point-by-point list attached

Sends Multi-Fragment Responses: Yes No

Figure 4-1Device profile required in the protocol documentation.

4.3 IMPLEMENTATION TABLE
The Table 4-1 shows the implementation of functions / objects and qualifiers of the smART M-
6279.

smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

OBJECT REQUEST
(slave must parse)
RESPONSE
(master must parse)

Obj

Var

Description
Func
Codes
(dec)
Qual
Codes
(hex)
Func
Codes
Qual
Codes
(hex)

1

0

Binary Input - All Variations

1

00,01,06

1

1

Binary Input

1

00,01,06

129

00,01

1

2

Binary Input with Status

1

00,01,06

129

00,01

2

0

Binary Input Change - All Variations

1

06,07,08

2

1

Binary Input Change without Time

1

06,07,08

129

28

2

2

Binary Input Change with Time

1

06,07,08

129

28

2

3

Binary Input Change with Relative Time

1

06,07,08

129

28

10

0

Binary Output - All Variations

1

06

10

1

Binary Output

10

2

Binary Output Status

129

00

12

0

Control Block - All Variations

12

1

Control Relay Output Block

3, 4, 5,
6

17, 28

129

Echo of
request

12

2

Pattern Control Block

12

3

Pattern Mask

20

0

Binary Counter - All Variations

1, 7, 8
9, 10

06

20

1

32-Bit Binary Counter

1

00, 01, 06

129

00,01

20

2

16-Bit Binary Counter

1

00, 01, 06

129

00, 01

20

3

32-Bit Delta Counter

20

4

16-Bit Delta Counter

20

5

32-Bit Binary Counter without Flag

20

6

16-Bit Binary Counter without Flag

20

7

32-Bit Delta Counter without Flag

20

8

16-Bit Delta Counter without Flag

21

0

Frozen Counters - All Variations

1

06

21

1

32-Bit Frozen Counter

1

06

129

NULL

21

2

16-Bit Frozen Counter

smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

OBJECT REQUEST
(slave must parse)
RESPONSE
(master must parse)

Obj

Var

Description
Func
Codes
(dec)
Qual
Codes
(hex)
Func
Codes
Qual
Codes
(hex)
21 3 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter

21

4

16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter

21

5

32-Bit Frozen Counter with Time of Freeze

21

6

16-Bit Frozen Counter with Time of Freeze

21

7

32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter with Time of
Freeze

21

8

16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter with Time of
Freeze

21

9

32-Bit Frozen Counter without Flag

21

10

16-Bit Frozen Counter without Flag

21

11

32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter without Flag

21

12

16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter without Flag

22

0

Counter Change Event - All Variations

1

06,07,08

22

1

32-Bit Counter Change Event without Time

1

06,07,08

129

28

22

2

16-Bit Counter Change Event without Time

1

06, 07, 08

129

28

22

3

32-Bit Delta Counter Change Event without
Time

22

4

16-Bit Delta Counter Change Event without
Time

22

5

32-Bit Counter Change Event with Time

22

6

16-Bit Counter Change Event with Time

22

7

32-Bit Delta Counter Change Event with Time

22

8

16-Bit Delta Counter Change Event with Time

23

0

Frozen Counter Events - All Variations

23

1

32-Bit Frozen Counter Event without Time

23

2

16-Bit Frozen Counter Event without Time

23

3

32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event without Time

23

4

16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event without Time

23

5

32-Bit Frozen Counter Event with Time

23

6

16-Bit Frozen Counter Event with Time

23

7

32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event with Time

23

8

16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event with Time

30

0

Analog Input - All Variations

1

00,01,06

smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

OBJECT REQUEST
(slave must parse)
RESPONSE
(master must parse)

Obj

Var

Description
Func
Codes
(dec)
Qual
Codes
(hex)
Func
Codes
Qual
Codes
(hex)

30

1

32-Bit Analog Input

1

00, 01, 06

129

0, 1

30

2

16-Bit Analog Input

1

00, 01, 06

129

0, 1

30

3

32-Bit Analog Input without flag

30

4

16-Bit Analog Input without flag

31

0

Frozen Analog Input - All Variations

31

1

32-Bit Frozen Analog Input

31

2

16-Bit Frozen Analog Input

31

3

32-Bit Frozen Analog Input with Time of Freeze

31

4

16-Bit Frozen Analog Input with Time of Freeze

31

5

32-Bit Frozen Analog Input without Flag

31

6

16-Bit Frozen Analog Input without Flag

32

0

Analog Change Event - All Variations

1

06, 07, 08

32

1

32-Bit Analog Change Event without Time

1

06, 07, 08

129

28

32

2

16-Bit Analog Change Event without Time

1

06,07,08

129

28

32

3

32-Bit Analog Change Event with Time

32

4

16-Bit Analog Change Event with Time

33

0

Frozen Analog Event - All Variations

33

1

32-Bit Frozen Analog Event without Time

33

2

16-Bit Frozen Analog Event without Time

33

3

32-Bit Frozen Analog Event with Time

33

4

16-Bit Frozen Analog Event with Time

40

0

Analog Output Status - All Variations

1

06

129

NULL

40

1

32-Bit Analog Output Status

40

2

16-Bit Analog Output Status

41

1

32-Bit Analog Output Block

41

2

16-Bit Analog Output Block

3,4,5,6

0x17, 0x28

129

NULL

50

0

Time and Date - All Variations

50

1

Time and Date

1

7, Qty = 1

129

7,Qty= 1

50

1

Time and Date

2

07, Qty = 1

129

NULL

50

2

Time and Date with Interval

51

0

Time and Date CTO - All Variations

smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

OBJECT REQUEST
(slave must parse)
RESPONSE
(master must parse)

Obj

Var

Description
Func
Codes
(dec)
Qual
Codes
(hex)
Func
Codes
Qual
Codes
(hex)

51

1

Time and Date CTO

51

2

Unsynchronized Time and Date CTO

52

0

Time Delay - All Variations

52

1

Time Delay Coarse

52

2

Time Delay Fine

23

N/A

129

07,
quantity=1

60

0

Not Defined

60

1

Class 0 Data

1

06

60

2

Class 1 Data

1

06

60

3

Class 2 Data

1

06

60

4

Class 3 Data

1

06

70

1

File Identifier

80

1

Internal Indications

2

00,index=7

No Object
13, 14,
23

Table 4-1 Implementation of functions / objects and qualifiers
What is marked with gray background indicates objects, qualifiers and variations that are
supported by the smART M-6279, but are not part of the level 2 protocol implementation. The
relay responds to these objects and variations, but are not required for operation
4.4 REPORTS BY EXCEPTION
The smART M-6279 runs continuously a process called report by exception where the
parameters are compared with the parameters reported to the station master which is recovering
information from the relay. If there are major differences than configured in dead bands, an event is
generated.
When this happens, the event is sent to a queue that stores events in the order they are detected.
The event queue has a capacity of 99 events of binary inputs, 99 events of analog points and 99
events of counters.
It is recommended to scan smART M-6279 often in order to avoid these queues to be filled and
the loss of event data.
Another way to handle this situation is to expand the value of the configured dead bands to
minimize the number of events generated per unit of time, thereby reducing the amount of
information to be transferred out of the smART M-6279 to the master station and allowing the
scanning of information is more efficient
The dead-band limits are configured with software proART. When events of class 1 are required
to smART M-6279, events caused by binary inputs are reported. In class 2 there are the analog
channels events and in the class 3 counters events.
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

4.5 POINT LIST
The list of points is set using the software proART. It is compound of 50 configurable points for
binary inputs, 50 points for analog inputs, 50 for counters and30 for outputs.
All points configured using proART in external tables of points are included in scans of class 0.
Responses include up to the final configured point. If there are not configured points between the
top of the table and the last configured, the corresponding values are reported as 0.
4.5.1 ANALOG POINTS
Now, a list of the analog variables that can be configured using proART software is presented.
Column Scale is interpreted as an equivalence in engineering units.
Variable Description Scale Units
Ia Current of phase A 0,001 A
AngIa Angle of phase A 0,001 Grades
Ib Current of phase B 0,001 A
AngIb Angle of phase B 0,001 Grades
Ic Current of phase C 0,001 A
AngIc Angle of phase C 0,001 Grades
Inn Neutral current 0,001 A
AngInn Angle of the neutral current 0,001 Grades
Ins Sensitive neutral current 0,001 A
AngIns Angle of the sensitive neutral current 0,001 Grades
Va Voltage of phase A 0,001 V
AngVa Angle of phase A voltage 0,001 Grades
Vb Voltage of phase B 0,001 V
AngVb Angle of phase B voltage 0,001 Grades
Vc Voltage of phase C 0,001 V
AngVc Angle of phase C voltage 0,001 Grades
Va_b Voltage between phases A and B 0,001 V
AngVa_b Angle of the voltage between A and B 0,001 Grades
Vb_c Voltage between phases B and C 0,001 V
AngVb_c Angle of the voltage between B and C 0,001 Grades
Vc_a Voltage between phases C and A 0,001 V
AngVc_a Angle of the voltage between C and A 0,001 Grades
Wa Active power of phase A 1 W
Vara Reactive power of phase A 1 VAr
VAa Apparent power of phase A 1 VA
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual

Variable Description Scale Units
FPa Power factor of phase A 0,001 ---
Wb Active power of phase B 1 W
VArb Reactive power of phase B 1 VAr
VAb Apparent power of phase B 1 VA
FPb Power factor of phase B 0,001 ---
Wc Active power of phase C 1 W
VArc Reactive power of phase C 1 VAr
VAc Apparent power of phase C 1 VA
FPc Power factor of phase C 0,001 ---
W Active power in the three phases 1 W
Var Reactive power in the three phases 1 VAr
VA Apparent power in the three phases 1 VA
FP Power factor in the three phases 0,001 ---
Temp Internal temperature 0,5 C
IUOpInta Interrupted current last opening, phase A 0,001 A
IUOpIntb Interrupted current last opening, phase B 0,001 A
IUOpIntc Interrupted current last opening, phase C 0,001 A
Ipromedio Average of the three currents 0,001 A
Frec Frequency 0,01 Hz

4.5.2 COUNTERS
Now, a list of the counters that can be configured using proART software is presented. Column
Scale is interpreted as an equivalence in engineering units.

Counters Description Scale Units
Wh3P Accumulated received active energy 1 kWh
Wh3N Accumulated delivered active energy 1 kWh
VArhI Reactive energy accumulated in quadrant I y III 1 kVArh
VArhIV Reactive energy accumulated in quadrant II y IV 1 kVArh
KI_A Accumulator of kI, kI2 or kI2t of the phase A 0,001 kA, (kA)
2
,
(kA)
2
s
KI_B Accumulator of kI, kI2 or kI2t of the phase B 0,001 kA, (kA)
2
,
(kA)
2
s
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual

Counters Description Scale Units
KI_C Accumulator of kI, kI2 or kI2t of the phase C 0,001 kA, (kA)
2
,
(kA)
2
s
Openings Openings counter (remote and manual included ) 1 Operation
Closure1 Step 1closures counter (function 79) 1 Operation
Closure 2 Step 2 closures counter (function 79) 1 Operation
Closure T Closures counter (manual and remote included) 1 Operation
CntDisp50AA 50H unit caused trips, phase A 1 Operation
CntDisp50AB 50H unit caused trips, phase B 1 Operation
CntDisp50AC 50H unit caused trips, phase C 1 Operation
CntDisp50AN 50HN unit caused trips, phase (neutral) 1 Operation
CntDisp50ANS 50HNS unit caused trips, phase (sensitive neutral) 1 Operation
CntDisp50BA 50 unit caused trips, phase A 1 Operation
CntDisp50BB 50 unit caused trips, phase B 1 Operation
CntDisp50BC 50 unit caused trips, phase C 1 Operation
CntDisp50BN 50N unit caused trips, phase (neutral) 1 Operation
CntDisp50BNS 50NS unit caused trips, phase (sensitive neutral) 1 Operation
CntDisp51A 51 unit caused trips, phase A 1 Operation
CntDisp51B 51 unit caused trips, phase B 1 Operation
CntDisp51C 51 unit caused trips, phase C 1 Operation
CntDisp51N 51N unit caused trips, phase (neutral) 1 Operation
CntDisp51NS 51NS unit caused trips, phase (sensitive neutral) 1 Operation

4.5.3 INPUTS
Now, a list of the digital inputs that can be configured using proART software is presented.
List Description
Generals
rGA General pickup
rGD General trip
rSIA Any overcurrent function pickup
rSID Any overcurrent function trip
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual

List Description
rVA General voltage pickup
rVD General voltage trip
rFA General frequency pickup
rFD General frequency trip
rEL Local outputs status
rEH Hardware failure
rGAFA Phase A general pickup
rGAFB Phase B general pickup
rGAFC Phase C general pickup
rGDFA Phase A general trip
rGDFB Phase B general trip
rGDFC Phase C general trip
rDirAdeA Phase A forward fault direction
rDirAdeB Phase B forward fault direction
rDirAdeC Phase C forward fault direction
rDirAtrA Phase A backward fault direction
rDirAtrB Phase B backward fault direction
rDirAtrC Phase C backward fault direction
rDirBlq Directional trip lockout
Low Instantaneous (50)
r50FAA Phase A instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50FBA Phase B instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50FCA Phase C instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50NA Ground instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50NSA Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50FAD Phase A instantaneous overcurrent trip
r50FBD Phase B instantaneous overcurrent trip
r50FCD Phase C instantaneous overcurrent trip
r50ND Ground instantaneous overcurrent trip
r50NSD Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent trip
r50F3A Phase instantaneous overcurrent pickup
r50F3D Phase instantaneous overcurrent trip
Grupo High Instantaneous (50)
smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual

List Description
r50HFAA Phase A instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HFBA Phase B instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HFCA Phase C instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HNA Ground instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HNSA Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HFAD Phase A instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r50HFBD Phase B instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r50HFCD Phase C instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r50HND Ground instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r50HNSD Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r50HF3A Phase instantaneous overcurrent pickup (high level)
r50HF3D Phase instantaneous overcurrent trip (high level)
r51F3A Phase time overcurrent pickup
r51FAA Phase A time overcurrent pickup
r51FBA Phase B time overcurrent pickup
r51FCA Phase C time overcurrent pickup
r51NA Ground time overcurrent pickup
r51NSA Sensitive ground time overcurrent pickup
r51F3D Phase time overcurrent trip
r51FAD Phase A time overcurrent trip
r51FBD Phase B time overcurrent trip
r51FCD Phase C time overcurrent trip
r51ND Ground time overcurrent trip
r51NSD Sensitive ground time overcurrent trip
r51FAR Phase A overcurrent dropout
r51FBR Phase B overcurrent dropout
r51FCR Phase C overcurrent dropout
r51NR Ground overcurrent dropout
r51NSR Sensitive ground overcurrent dropout
Overvoltage (59)
r59F3A Three-phase time overvoltage pickup
r59F3D Three-phase time overvoltage trip
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual

List Description
r59FAA Phase A time overvoltage pickup
r59FBA Phase B time overvoltage pickup
r59FCA Phase C time overvoltage pickup
r59FAD Phase A time overvoltage trip
r59FBD Phase B time overvoltage trip
r59FCD Phase C time overvoltage trip
r59IF3A Three-phase instantaneous overvoltage pickup
r59IF3D Three-phase instantaneous overvoltage trip
r59IFAA Phase A instantaneous overvoltage pickup
r59IFBA Phase B instantaneous overvoltage pickup
r59IFCA Phase C instantaneous overvoltage pickup
r59IFAD Phase A instantaneous overvoltage trip
r59IFBD Phase B instantaneous overvoltage trip
r59IFCD Phase C instantaneous overvoltage trip
r59IF3A1 Three-phase instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step # 1
r59IF3D1 Three-phase instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step # 1
r59IFAA1 Phase A instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step # 1
r59IFBA1 Phase B instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step # 1
smART M-6279

14
Instruction Manual

List Description
r59IFCA1 Phase C instantaneous overvoltage pickup. Step # 1
r59IFAD1 Phase A instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step # 1
r59IFBD1 Phase B instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step # 1
r59IFCD1 Phase C instantaneous overvoltage trip. Step # 1
Undervoltage (27)
r27F3A Three-phase time undervoltage pickup
r27F3D Three-phase time undervoltage trip
r27FAA Phase A time undervoltage pickup
r27FBA Phase B time undervoltage pickup
r27FCA Phase C time undervoltage pickup
r27FAD Phase A time undervoltage trip
r27FBD Phase B time undervoltage trip
r27FCD Phase C time undervoltage trip
r27IF3A Three-phase instantaneous undervoltage pickup
r27IF3D Three-phase instantaneous undervoltage trip
r27IFAA Phase A instantaneous undervoltage pickup
smART M-6279

15
Instruction Manual

List Description
r27IFBA Phase B instantaneous undervoltage pickup
r27IFCA Phase C instantaneous undervoltage pickup
r27IFAD Phase A instantaneous undervoltage trip
r27IFBD Phase B instantaneous undervoltage trip
r27IFCD Phase C instantaneous undervoltage trip
r27IF3A1 Three-phase instantaneous undervoltage pickup. Step # 1
r27IF3D1 Three-phase instantaneous undervoltage trip. Step # 1
r27IFAA1 Phase A instantaneous undervoltage pickup. Step # 1
r27IFBA1 Phase B instantaneous undervoltage pickup. Step # 1
r27IFCA1 Phase C instantaneous undervoltage pickup. Step # 1
r27IFAD1 Phase A instantaneous undervoltage trip. Step # 1
smART M-6279

16
Instruction Manual

List Description
r27IFBD1 Phase B instantaneous undervoltage trip. Step # 1
r27IFCD1 Phase C instantaneous undervoltage trip. Step # 1
Unbalance (46/47)
r46IA Instantaneous current unbalance pickup
r46ID Instantaneous current unbalance trip
r46TA Time current unbalance pickup
r46TD Time current unbalance trip
r46FR Time function 46 relapse
r46FAA Time open phase pickup
r46FAD Time open phase trip
r47VIA Instantaneous voltage unbalance pickup
r47VID Instantaneous voltage unbalance trip
r47VTA Time voltage unbalance pickup
r47VTD Time voltage unbalance trip
High Current Lockup
r50BHCFA Phase high current lockout pickup
r50BHCFD Phase high current lockout trip
r50BHCNA Ground high current lockout pickup
r50BHCND Ground high current lockout trip
Proteccin Interruptor
r52FIAFA Phase A breaker failure function pickup
r52FIAFB Phase B breaker failure function pickup
r52FIAFC Phase C breaker failure function pickup
smART M-6279

17
Instruction Manual

List Description
r52FIDFA Phase A breaker failure function trip
r52FIDFB Phase B breaker failure function trip
r52FIDFC Phase C breaker failure function trip
r52AFA Phase A breaker closed
r52AFB Phase B breaker closed
r52AFC Phase C breaker closed
r52BFA Phase A breaker open
r52BFB Phase B breaker open
r52BFC Phase C breaker open
r52FAFA Phase A breaker opening failure
r52FAFB Phase B breaker opening failure
r52FAFC Phase C breaker opening failure
r52FCFA Phase A breaker closing failure
r52FCFB Phase B breaker closing failure
r52FCFC Phase C breaker closing failure
r52OCFA Phase A breaker closing command
r52OCFB Phase B breaker closing command
r52OCFC Phase C breaker closing command
r52OAFA Phase A breaker opening command
r52OAFB Phase B breaker opening command
r52OAFC Phase C breaker opening command
r52KI2A Phase A kI2 threshold exceeded
r52KI2B Phase B kI2 threshold exceeded
r52KI2C Phase C kI2 threshold exceeded
r74EXCDISP Too much trips
Cold Load Pickup
rCAFA Cold Load Pickup
Melting Fuses
rFFA Blow fuse function pickup
Recloser relay (79)
r79IFA Phase A recloser closing command
r79IFB Phase B recloser closing command
r79IFC Phase C recloser closing command
smART M-6279

18
Instruction Manual

List Description
r79S Recloser in service
r79R Recloser in standby
r79CC1 Cycle 1 in process
r79TR1 Reclose #1 time delay
r79TSCM Security time after manual closure
r79TSC1 Security time after automatic closure cycle 1
r79PC Recloser previous cycle
r79CC Recloser cycle in process
r79RA Reclose time active
r79SA Security time active
r79CM Manual closure
r79DD Recloser final trip
Sequency coordinator
rCSCC Cycle in process
rCSTR Reclose time active
rCSTS Security time active
rCSTDF Phase trip
rCSTDN Ground trip
rCSIR Reclosure increment
(81) Frequency
r81FBA1 Low frequency step # 1 pickup
smART M-6279

19
Instruction Manual

List Description
r81FBD1 Low frequency step # 1 trip
r81FAA1 High frequency step # 1 pickup
r81FAD1 High frequency step # 1 trip
r81BL Complete protection function 81 lockout
r81BL1B Low frequency step # 1 lockout
r81BL1A High frequency step # 1 lockout
nr81BL Complete protection function 81 lockout
nr81BL1B Low frequency step # 1 lockout
nr81BL1A High frequency step # 1 lockout
Inverse Power (32)
r32FAA Phase A inverse power pickup
r32FBA Phase B inverse power pickup
smART M-6279

20
Instruction Manual

List Description
r32FCA Phase C inverse power pickup
r323FA Phase inverse power pickup
r32FAD Phase A inverse power trip
r32FBD Phase B inverse power trip
r32FCD Phase C inverse power trip
r323FD Phase inverse power trip
Settings Groups
rT1 Setting group (table) # 1 active
nrT1 Setting group (table) 1 inactive (cpl: rT1)
Other Diagnostics
rTLC Load side voltage present
rTLF Source side voltage present
rRA Record start
rBR Radio signal lockout
rTB Battery voltage
rBTF Auxiliary voltage self-test
rBAB Auxiliary voltage
rMP Test Mode
rAUS Power supply > upper threshold
rAUI Power supply < lower threshold
rTUS Temperature > upper threshold
rTUI Temperature < lower threshold
Communications
smART M-6279

21
Instruction Manual

List Description
rFF Fast forward
rFR Fast reverse
rRTS Request to send
rFC Communication error
rCRTS RTS control
FIRIG IRIG-B failure
Statistics
rSI2A 2xIm exceeded in phase A
RSI5A 5xIm exceeded in phase A
rSI2B 2xIm exceeded in phase B
RSI5B 5xIm exceeded in phase B
rSI2C 2xIm exceeded in phase C
RSI5C 5xIm exceeded in phase C
Inputs/Outputs
e52AFA Breaker 52a Phase A status
e52AFB Breaker 52a Phase B status
e52AFC Breaker 52a Phase C status
e52BFA Breaker 52b Phase A status
e52BFB Breaker 52b Phase B status
e52BFC Breaker 52b Phase C status
e50I Inhibition of instantaneous
eT1 Select configuration # 1 table
smART M-6279

22
Instruction Manual

List Description
eD3 General tripolar trip
AutoBTIEOn TIE lookup automation
e79I3 Tripolar mode recloser
e79I1 Monopolar mode recloser
eRL It turns trip LEDs off
eRB Relay out of service
eCB All closing commands blocked
eFAILURE Controller not ready to receive
eREADY Controller ready to receive
eLOCKOUT Mechanical blocking
eBT Minimum battery voltage
ePCA Cabinet door open
ePCC Cabinet door closed
eSBT Battery test output
eTC High temperature in the cabinet
eCFR Power supplier. Network failure
eTAM Minimum AC voltage
eMD Unstretched springs
eAutoBesTIE The equipment is TIE or not
rE1 Input 1
rE2 Input 2
rE3 Input 3
rE4 Input 4
rE5 Input 5
rE6 Input 6
rE7 Input 7
rE8 Input 8
rE9 Input 9
rE10 Input 10
rE11 Input 11
smART M-6279

23
Instruction Manual

List Description
rE12 Input 12
rE13 Input 13
rE14 Input 14
rE15 Input 15
rE16 Input 16
rE17 Input 17
rE18 Input 18
rE19 Input 19
rE20 Input 20
rS1 Output 1
rS2 Output 2
rS3 Output 3
rS4 Output 4 (Opto)
rS5 Output 5
rS6 Output 6
rS7 Output 7
rS8 Output 8
rS9 Output 9
rS10 Output 10
rS11 Output 11
Locks/Buttons
b1 Breaker closing
b0 Breaker opening
bLoR Change between Local and Remote modes
bB_CIERRE Closing lockout
bB_HOTLINE HotLine lockout
bB_RESTAUR
ADOR Recloser lockout
bB_FASES Phase protection functions lockout
bB_NEUTRO Ground lockout
bB_NSEN Sensitive ground lockout
bBINSTF Phase instantaneous overcurrent lockout
bBINSTN Ground instantaneous overcurrent lockout
smART M-6279

24
Instruction Manual

List Description
bBINSTNS Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent lockout
bBTEMPF Phase time overcurrent lockout
bBTEMPN Ground time overcurrent lockout
bBTEMPNS Sensitive ground time overcurrent lockout
bCARGAFRIA Cold load lockout
bFUNDIRFUS Blow fuse function
bDESBI Current unbalance lockout
bDESBV Voltage unbalance lockout
bFASEA Open phase lockout
bFRECUENCI
A Frequency lockout
nbB_RESTAU
RADOR Recloser not locked out
nbB_NEUTRO Ground active
nbB_NSEN Sensitive ground active
nbBINSTF Phase instantaneous overcurrent active
nbBTEMPF Phase time overcurrent active
bTBAT Battery test
bRESET Reset
bAJUSTE Setting button
bMED Measurements button
bFALLA Fault button
bARR Up button
bABA Down button
bIZQ Left button
bDER Right button
bSEL Enter button
bESC Escape button
bF1 Function F1 button
smART M-6279

25
Instruction Manual

List Description
Remote control
rGen1 General purpose flag, to be modified remotely
nrGen1 rGen1 complement
Logics
rL1 Logic 1
rL2 Logic 2
rL3 Logic 3
rL4 Logic 4
rL5 Logic 5
rL6 Logic 6
rL7 Logic 7
rL8 Logic 8
rL9 Logic 9
rL10 Logic 10
rL11 Logic 11
rL12 Logic 12
rL13 Logic 13
rL14 Logic 14
rL15 Logic 15
rL16 Logic 16
rL17 Logic 17
rL18 Logic 18
rL19 Logic 19
rL20 Logic 20
rL21 Logic 21
rL22 Logic 22
smART M-6279

26
Instruction Manual

List Description
rL23 Logic 23
rL24 Logic 24
rL25 Logic 25
rL26 Logic 26
rL27 Logic 27
rL28 Logic 28
rL29 Logic 29
rL30 Logic 30
rL31 Logic 31
rL32 Logic 32
rL33 Logic 33
rL34 Logic 34
rL35 Logic 35
rL36 Logic 36
rL37 Logic 37
rL38 Logic 38
rL39 Logic 39
rL40 Logic 40
4.5.4 OUTPUTS
Now, the digital outputs that can be configured via proART software are presented in two lists.
Outputs can work in any of these two modes: Simple index and separate indexes. When outputs
are configured to work with simple index, there is only one index to operate (open or close) the
controlled point with. When outputs are configured to work with separate indexes, there are two
indexes for each controlled point. One of them is used for opening and the other for closing.
4.5.4.1 OUTPUTS WITH SEPARATE INDEXES
The following table contains the list of the digital outputs that can be configured in separate
indexes mode, using proART software.

Outputs Description
dOAA Phase A breaker or single breaker opening command
dOCA Phase A breaker or single breaker closing command
dOAB Phase B breaker opening command
dOCB Phase B breaker closing command
smART M-6279

27
Instruction Manual

Outputs Description
dOAC Phase C breaker opening command
dOCC Phase C breaker closing command
dAc79 Recloser activation command
dBl79 Recloser lockout command
dAcIN Ground driven trips activation command (time and instantaneous)
dBlIN Ground driven trips lockout command (time and instantaneous)
dAcINS Sensitive ground driven trips activation command (time and instantaneous)
dBlINS Sensitive ground driven trips lockout command (time and instantaneous)
dAcISCI Instantaneous overcurrent trips activation command
dBlISCI Instantaneous overcurrent trips lockout command
dAcISCT Time overcurrent trips activation command
dBlISCT Time overcurrent trips lockout command
dInG1 Settings group # 1 inhibition command
dAcG1 Settings group # 1 activation command
dAc81 Function 81 activation command (frequency - all steps)
dBl81 Function 81 lockout command (frequency - all steps)
dAc81P1B Low frequency step # 1 trips activation command
dBl81P1B Low frequency step # 1 trips lockout command
smART M-6279

28
Instruction Manual

Outputs Description
dAc81P1A High frequency step # 1 trips activation command
dBl81P1A High frequency step # 1 trips lockout command
dClrGen1 rGen1 inhibition command
dSetGen1 rGen1 activation command
dSetGen2 rGen2 activation command

4.5.4.2 OUTPUTS WITH SIMPLE INDEX
The following table includes the list of the digital outputs that can be configured in simple index
mode through proART software.
Outputs Description
dOACA Phase A breaker or single breaker opening or closing command
dOACB Phase B breaker opening or closing command
dOACC Phase C breaker opening or closing command
dBIAc79 Recloser lockout or activation command
dBIAcIN Ground driven trips lockout or activation command (time and instantaneous)
dBIAcINS Sensitive ground driven trips lockout or activation command (time and
instantaneous)
dBIAcISCI Instantaneous overcurrent trips lockout or activation command
dBIAcISCT Time overcurrent trips lockout or activation command
dInAcG1 Settings group # 1 inhibition or activation command
smART M-6279

29
Instruction Manual

Outputs Description
dBIAc81 Function 81 lockout or activation command (frequency - all steps)
dBIAc81P1B Low frequency step # 1 trips lockout or activation command
dBIAc81P1A High frequency step # 1 trips lockout or activation command
dCLrSetGen1 rGen1 inhibition or activation command

4.6 ANALOG VARIATIONS
The smART M-6279 can answer the status of its analog inputs using variations of 16 and 32 bits.
In fact, using the proART software, you can define the variation that the smART M-6279 uses
when asked using the variation 0, choosing between 16 and 32 bits
In fact nearly all information of analog variables is in 32 bits. For example, the voltages are
reported in mV, currents in mA and power in W. By restricting the representation to 16 bits, almost
always will get an overflow value (more than 16 bits required to represent it). Because there are
applications that can not handle 32-bit values, there is a mechanism to scale the reported
magnitudes.
For this mechanism to work, make sure that the screen of setup of communications in the
software proART, the behaviour of 16-bit analogs is Scale and not Overflow Flag. This
behaviour is contrary to the spirit of DNP3, which requests representations of 16 and 32 bits are
one and that if the value can not be represented, marked as Overflow. However, being optional,
is compatible with DNP3 and allows, as mentioned above, the performance with applications that
are already operating
4.7 COMMUNICATION SETUP
The Figure 4-2 shows the communications configuration screen of the software proART. Its
described below.
smART M-6279

30
Instruction Manual

4.7.1 FULL SCALE VALUES FOR DNP 3.0
In this box there are the values that are used to scale the readings that will be obtained when
request values using variations of 16-bit analog points. To ensure that the scaling works correctly
the 16-bit analog Behaviour should be set to Scale, otherwise, the values entered here are
without effect
There is a field for voltages, other one for currents, a third one for frequency and the last one for
powers.
In each of these fields must be introduced the maximum expected value for the indicated
magnitude. The value that is obtained when the point is read using 16-bit variations will result from
the following expression:

Vscale
Vmes
V

=
32767

Noting the equation can be deduced that when the measured value (Vmes) is equal to the value
declared at full scale (Vscale) the result is 32,767 that is the maximum size representable using
variations in 16-bit for analog points.
Any Vmes > Vscale will result a value greater than 32767 and will be reported as 32,767 with
the notation Overflow. The lowest value that can be obtained is -32768 which corresponds to a
negative similar measured value. Accordingly, it is recommended to leave a margin to handle
without problems exceptional circumstances. The margin should be chosen taking into account the

Figure 4-2 Communication setup
smART M-6279

31
Instruction Manual

possibility of such circumstances, which necessarily vary from one installation point to another
point.
For example, if the nominal value of the work line is 5 amperes and can manage a maximum
load of 10 in a continuous, a reasonable range could be provided by a full-scale value of 12
amperes (20% margin).
4.7.2 DEAD BANDS
There are two dead bands. One for analog and one for counters. In the case of analog dead band
is expressed as a percentage of reading, while for counters is expressed in a number of accounts
represented in kilo units (kXh). Ie, kW, kvar, kVA, and so on, depending on the parameter referred
to a specific counter
4.7.3 SIGN OF THE POWER
The sign of the power factor (single phase and three phases) can be chosen between two
alternatives. The first one is perhaps the most widely used. In it, the sign indicates lag (+) and lead
(-).
The second option is more orthodox and represents the sign of the real power factor (the cosine
of the angle between V and I), which corresponds with the sign of the active power.
Choosing lag/ lead, the power factor will be positive in quadrants I and III, while it is negative in
quadrants II and IV. By choosing the sign of the cosine of the angle between V and I, the power
factor will be positive for the quadrants I and IV and negative for II and III.
4.7.4 OUTPUTS OPERATION MODE
Outputs and controls can be operated using DNP3 on any set of three modes:
SBO - Select before operate. In this mode is required prepare or select the operation of
the output by using function 3 ( select) of the application layer of DNP3 immediately
followed of the order of operation by using function 4 (operate). The application of
selection and operation must be identical, except for the function itself and the sequence
number of the application layer, which should differ by 1. Finally, the selection expires
after 1 second. That is, if you spend more than 1 second between the order of selection
and order of operation, it will fail as Timeout.
DO Direct operate. In this mode is not required to prepare or select output operation
previously. Just the order of operation by using function 5 of the application layer of
DNP3.
DO-NA Direct Operate, no acknowledge. This is the less secure mode of operation. It
is similar to direct mode operation. The difference is the absence of confirmation from
the smART M-6279 that received and accepted the order of operation. Uses the function
6 of the application layer of DNP3.
It is recommended the use of SBO mode, as it provides greater assurance than the other two.
However, there are situations where it is required to be even with the less secure from them (direct
operation without response) such as when trying to give the same order to a group of relays. In this
case, the order is sent using the broadcast address of DNP3 and requires for no answers to prevent
loss of data that would occur in RS-485 links if multiple devices respond simultaneously
The configuration of the outputs operation mode is applied to all the configured outputs. It is not
possible to configure different operation modes per each output.
4.7.5 FORMAT FOR ANALOG VALUES
In this box you can choose the change that the computer uses when it receives a request using the
variation 0 for the object 30 and in scans of class 0 and 2 (analog values). You can choose between
16 and 32 bits. Remember that if you intend to use 32 bits, you will most likely need to define the
smART M-6279

32
Instruction Manual

full-scale values and behaviour to ensure that the analog 16-bit is set to Scale and not Report
overflows.
4.7.6 16 BITS VARIATIONS RESPONSES
In this box is configured the behaviour of the smART M-6279 when is asked for analog variables
using variation 0. In the documentation of DNP3, variation 0 is used to request that the device
responds with the appropriate variation or native.
As told in other parts of this document, using the 16-bit variation is recommended to select
Scale in this box and define the values at full scale so that the values obtained are useful.

4.7.7 DNP PARAMETERS
The Figure 4-3 shows the screen of DNP Parameters tab.

The window shows four sections. On the left side appears a list containing the points available
for use.
In the central section there are few indicators that can be selected if information displayed is
corresponding to analog points, counters, inputs or outputs. Also buttons to add, delete and delete
all.
The third section (middle right) is the list of points as the station master will see. This list has 50
points for analog inputs, 50 for counters, 50 for binary inputs and 30 for outputs

Figure 4-3 Point configuration table
smART M-6279

33
Instruction Manual

The fourth section (right) shows the active configuration at the smART M-6279. The fourth
section is for reference only to compare with the changes being made.
It is possible to operate in the window in several ways:
Selecting a point on the first section and using the "Add" button adds the selected point
at the end of the list in the third section.
By selecting a point on the first section and dragging it to a position in the third section
is added in the place where is dropped.
Selecting a point in the third section and using the delete button, the item is removed
from the configuration and returns to be present in the list.
Selecting a point in the third section and dragging and dropping it in the first also is
deleted from the list.
When using the Delete all, the list in the third section will be with all the points in
Not assigned.
As mentioned before, gaps can be left in the third list. The points corresponding to these holes
will be reported back to zero in class 0 scans or using qualifier 6 with object 30.

4.8 COMMUNICATION PORT CONFIGURATION
Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.The
Figure 4-4 presents the window for configure the RS-232C port. The other ports of the relay are
configured in a similar way.
The box Speed indicates the speed at which communications take place. It is expressed in
bauds per second. It must match with the speed chosen for the master station

smART M-6279

34
Instruction Manual

Figure 4-4 Communication ports configuration
In the box Media can be chosen between Direct and Modem. Communication using Direct
means, as its name indicates, that is made with a cable which connects the master station or PC
with the relay, while Modem should be selected when using a modem for communication.
The box Protocol allows you to select between Proprietary and DNP3 or MODBUS RTU. To
allow the operation of the software proART the protocol of the port to use must be Proprietary and
DNP.
The box Time delay by complete packages indicates the time (in milliseconds) that the relay
waits for a package before discarding it. In general, the data packages are sent contiguously by the
master station or PC where they originate. However, because of various reasons, one package can
be truncated. This parameter is used by the smART M-6279 to discard packages that have not
arrived in full within the specified time. Package means a communication unit at more basic level
of the protocol. In case of DNP refers to a package in the link layer. For the proprietary protocol,
refers to a package of up to 2048 bytes.
Flow control box is to activate the flow control using the RTS and CTS commands, or keep it
off.
The address for the proprietary protocol can be chosen between 1 and 65500. The address for the
DNP protocol can be established between 1 and 65519. These addresses are not linked. For ease, it
is suggested to be equal, but may be different.
In case of enable of transfers, more configuration options are shown.
The box DLL level retries for DNP has a dual purpose. Controls how the smART M-6279
sends data at the link layer (DLL or Data Link Layer). If the value is 0, the link layer sends
unconfirmed messages (SEND / NO REPLY). If the value is different from zero, the link layer
sends confirmed (SEND / CONFIRM) messages and perform as many attempts to send the
information as just one of those established in this box. In example, if the number is 2, the link
layer will try to send a message three times before discarding it.
The box Time delay by confirmations allows set the time in milliseconds that the protection is
waiting for confirmation of sending data to remote device through the port. If no response is
obtained at the time, the protection re-sends the package.
If you enable Unsolicited responses, new adjustable parameters for this feature are shown.
In the box Application layer retries you can choose between 2 and 15 retries, including the
option to retry infinitely, selecting the value 0, or by contrast, make no retries (value 1).
Other adjustable parameters are Destination address for unsolicited responses, Time delay by
confirmations for unsolicited responses, Hold time before an event and Maximum number of
queued events.

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Modbus RTU Protocol
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual

5 MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL
5.1 MODBUS IMPLEMENTATION
The MODBUS protocol is a protocol that has become an industry standard because of its
simplicity. The MODBUS protocol defines three implementations: ASCII, RTU and Modbus Plus.
The implementation on the smART M-6279 uses option RTU protocol, described in the documents
v1.1A MODBUS Application Protocol and MODBUS over serial line specification and
implementation guide V1.0 available on page http://www.modbus.org
The protocol can be used in any of the serial ports of the smART M-6279. When you select this
protocol to one or more ports of the smART M-6279, other supported protocols (DNP3 and
ArtCOM) are disabled.
The smART M-6279 serial ports operate simultaneously and independently from others. As a
result, mixtures of protocols are handled in a natural way. This means that the smART M-6279 can
operate one or two ports using MODBUS RTU while the others use DNP3 protocol or proprietary
(ArtCOM)
This document applies to version 1.03 of the operating software of the smART M-6279. Newer
versions of it may make improvements or changes that will be documented through revisions to
this document.
5.2 OPERATION
Before using MODBUS RTU, the smART M-6279 must be configured using the software
proART. To configure the smart with the software, start communication using a different serial port
where MODBUS is used.
After proART starts the communication with the relay, select Operations / Protection setting /
Communications / and the desired port to configure. Choice MODBUS protocol. Check the speed,
protocol, etc.. are apropriate.
The configuration is made using a window like the shown in Figure 5-1.
Then it will be necessary to revise and modify the tables of parameters. Consider the
implications of changes in these tables based on other protocols in use, because the table is unique
and not particular to each serial port. XXXX section contains additional information from the
tables of parameters.
5.3 SERIAL DATA FRAMES
Serial data frames are configurable. The options included are:
8 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity (11 bits frame)
8 data bits, 1 stop bit, odd parity (11 bits frame)
8 data bits and 2 stop bits, without parity (11 bits frame)
8 data bits and 2 stop bits, without parity (10 bits frame)
Modbus RTU Protocol Beckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

The first three formats are widely used in MODBUS applications, being the first the most
widespread. Even though the MODBUS documentation does not include the last option available,
it is considered that can be useful if it is used with a modem to communicate with the smART, as
the 10 bits frames are a standard in telephonic modem devices. Each data byte is preceded by a
starting byte. The least significant bit is always sent and received first.
5.4 DATA PACKAGE FRAMES
The frame of the data packages, and verification algorithms based on CRC have been
implemented according to the MODBUS specification.
A complete sequence of request / response using the protocol includes the following bytes that
are sent in individual frames.
Request sent by master node:
Slave address 1 byte.
Function code 1 byte
Data Variable number of bytes depending on the function code
CRC 2 bytes to verify errors
Response sent by slave node:
Slave address 1 byte
Function code 1 byte
Data Variable number of bytes depending on the function code

Figure 5-1 MODBUS serial port configuration

smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual

CRC 2 bytes to verify errors
The slave address is the first byte of all the packages. Contains the address assigned by the user
to the device. Each slave device must have a different address if more than one is present in the
same communication cable. In packages sent by the station master, this field indicates the slave
(smART), while in the packages received by the master station indicates the direction of the slave
which responds.
The function code is the second byte of all the packages. The MODBUS protocol defines
function codes from 1 to 127. The relay uses a subset of these codes. In the transmission of a
request from the master node, this field tells the slave device the function that the master node
requests. If the function code in the response of the slave is the same, the requested function was
performed by the slave. However, if the most significant bit of the function code is 1, the slave will
indicate an error condition and is sending an exception code.
The field data contains a variable number of bytes whose length depends on the function code
that is requested or responded. It is the useful information exchanged between the master node and
slave node. This field contains the addresses of requested points by the master node or the result
produced by the slave.
Finally, the field CRC contains an error detection code. It is two bytes long and contains the
result of a numerical algorithm applied to data. When a device transmits a message, calculates that
value and adds it to the data package. The device receives the message, performs the same
calculation and compares its result with the code received. If the same result is got, the data
package is considered correct, while a difference causes that the package is considered wrong.
5.5 TIMES
Package synchronization on the MODBUS protocol is maintained using time restrictions. When
a device receives a message, must measure time elapse between the receipt of a character to the
next. If the transmission time equivalent to 3.5 characters without having received any further
information is elapsed, the device considers that the newly received information is complete and
checks the CRC, accepting or rejecting the message depending on the result of the comparison.
5.6 FUNCTIONS IMPLEMENTED IN SMART M-6279
The smART M-6279 relay is cappable to respond to next function codes:
03: Read input registers
04: Read holding registers
05: Force single coil
07: Read exception status
08: Diagnostics
16: Preset multiple registers
5.6.1 FUNCTION CODES 03 AND 04 READING OF VALUES
In the smART M-6279 implementation, the function codes 3 and 4 are interchangeable. Both
can be used to read values from the relay.
Each value has an address and its length is 16 bits (2 bytes). The most significant byte is
transmitted first. Up to 125 adjacent values can be read in one operation.
However, the expression of some values of the relay has a length of 32 bits. To obtain such
values, 2 points must be read in the same operation. If it is not so the result may be incorrect. The
16 most significant bits (MSB) are read first (have a lower address). The 16 least significant bits
(LSB) are read to the last (in the higher address).
smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

5.6.2 FUNCTION CODE 05 COMMAND OPERATION
To run a command using the function code 05, in the value of the field that indicates the address
of the coil must be sent the number of the command to be executed, while in the field of the data
must be sent 0xff00 value. The number of command corresponds with the index of the output that
appears in the table of proART parameters shown in Figure 5-2. For example, if the output dOAA
(breaker opening order) is in the index 0 of the table, run the command 0 will open the breaker.
There is another way to execute commands, using function code 16. Either or both can be used.
More information in section 5.7.3 and page 10.

5.6.3 FUNCTION CODE 08 DIAGNOSTICS
Function 08 offers several mechanisms that can be used to verify the operation of the system of
communication between the master and the smART M-6279. This function uses a sub-function
code of two bytes in the request to define completely the required function.
The sub-function codes implemented in the relay are:

Figure 5-2 Output configuration
smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

Sub function Description
00 Return Query Data
10 Clear counters and diagnostic register
11 Return bus message count
12 Return bus communications error count
13 Return bus exception error count
14 Return slave message count
15 Return slave no response count
5.6.4 FUNCTION CODE 16 WRITING OF VALUES
Using this function a set of values can be written in memory of the smART M-6279 in a single
operation. The values to write are always of 16 bits (2 bytes) and the most significant byte is
transmitted first. You can write up to 125 contiguous points in a single operation.
Only a small group of the available points can be written. See the memory map before you try
writing to a register. Some of the values that can be written have 32 or more bits. In these cases, it
requires all the points to be written in a single operation using this function code. The smART M-
6279 will reject partial writes to these points, except where indicated otherwise.
5.6.5 EXCEPTION CODES
When an error is detected (different than a CRC error), the smART M-6279 generates a response
containing an exception code to inform the master. Generated responses are the followings:
01 Illegal function. Is generated when the computer receives a request to perform a
function not implemented.
02 Illegal data address. This exception is generated when a writing or reading a
nonexistent address, when you try to write a record that is read-only, when trying to
write fewer points than those required to record a several points or when the point
information is invalid.
03 Illegal value of data. This exception happens when trying to enter invalid values in
one or more of the records covered by a write operation.
5.7 POINT MAP
To make easier the use of the smART M-6279 and its adaptation to various applications, several
configurable tables are provided to allow you to choose the points and the order in which they
locate.
This configurable point map is stored as a part of the configuration of the smART M-6279 and
can be modified with software proART. When modifying take in consider that the tables are shared
by the DNP3 protocol and other protocols and modifying them is affecting other applications that
may depend on the specific order and the presence of certain points
The points shares with DNP3 possibly with other protocols are in the range 100 to 620.
In addition to the points shared with DNP3 there are additional points with fixed address that can
not be configured from proART.
smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

5.7.1 MAP
Adress Description Range Format Default
value
0 Arteche devices identifier 55
1 smART M-6279 identifier 500
2 Software version F01
3 Serial number (high part) F02
4 Serial number (low part) F02
5 MODBUS implementation version F01
6 Nominal current 1, 5 F03
7 Nominal voltage F04
8 Options 0
9 a 23 Protection ID F05
24 a 38 Installation point ID F05
39 a 49 Reserved 0
50 Milliseconds 0-59999 F06
51 Hours and minutes F07
52 Month and day F08
53 Year 2008-2099 F06
54 Month 1-12 F06
55 Day 1-31 F06
56 Hour 0-23 F06
57 Minutes 0-59 F06
58 Seconds 0-59 F06
59 Milliseconds 0-999 F06
60 Date in seconds (high part) F09
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

Adress Description Range Format Default
value
61 Date in seconds (low part) F09
62 Date in milliseconds (high part) F10
63 Date in milliseconds (medium part) F10
64 Date in milliseconds (low part) F10
65 a 79 Reserved 0
80 Command execution
81 a 99 Reserved 0
100 a 199 Analog values in 32 bits format F11
200 a 299 Reserved for 32 bits analog enlargement 0
300 a 349 Analog values in 16 bits format F12
350 a 399 Reserved for 16 bits analog enlargement 0
400 a 499 32 bits counters F13
500 a 599 Reserved for counter enlargement 0
600 a 603 Binary inputs F14
604 a 619 Reserved for binary inputs 0
620 a 699 Reserved 0
700 a 899 User map directions F15
900 a 1099 User map values F16
1100 a 1223 Event reading area
5.7.2 FORMATS
F01
A number multiplied by 100. Foe example, 110 indicates 1,10; 5000 indicates 50,00, etc.
F02
Format used for unsigned magnitudes of 32 bits, formed by a pair of points. The point with the
lowest address contains the 16 highest value bits. The point with the highest address contains the
lower 16 bits. To receive and correctly interpret the value, two points should be read in the same
operation. If read in different applications, the result may not be correct
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

F03
Could be 1 or 5. To devices with nominal current of 1 ampere corresponds number 1, and to
devices with nominal current of 5 amperes, number 5.
F04
It is used to express numbers multiplied by 10. For example 65 indicates a value of 6.5, 1200
indicates a value of 120.0
F05
This format is used to send texts. Includes two 8-bit characters in each value using ASCII code.
The character stored in the high byte is the first one.
F06
16-bit unsigned number. The most significant byte is sent the first.
F07
This format includes hours and minutes. The hour is in bits from 8 to 15, while the minutes are in
bits 7 to 0. The hour information goes from 0 to 23. The minutes from 0 to 59.
F08
This format includes months and days. The month is in bits from 15 to 8, while the day is in bits
from 7 to 0. The month information goes from 0 to 12. The days from 0 to 31.
F09
This format has 32 bits and represents a date as the number of seconds since midnight of January
1, 2001. The value is compound of two points. Point with lower address has the most significant 16
bits, while the point with the highest address contains the 16 least significant bits.
F10
This format has 48 bits and represents a date as the number of milliseconds since midnight of
January 1, 1970. The value is compound of three points. Point with lower address has the most
significant 16 bits. The next contains de medium 16 bits while the point with the highest address
contains the 16 least significant bits.
F11
32 bit signed analog value. The value is compound of two points. This is a number represented in
the complement to 2 notation. This means that if the value (32 bits) is between 0 and 2147'483 .647
(2
31
1) is a positive number and can be used as it is. In contrast, if the value is between
2147483.648 and 4294967.295 should be subtracted 4.294967.296 to the obtained value. The
result will be negative in this case.
So if the value obtained is 1147'222.111, can be used as it is. But if the value is 3147745.185
should be minus 4294'967.296, obtaining -1147'222.111.
What represents the reported value in each point depends on the analog parameter configuration
table that can be view and modified using proART (Figure 5-3).Points 100 and 101 (first value)
correspond to point 0 of the analog table, 102 and 103 to point 1, etc... The table in proART
includes 50 locations (values 0 to 49) that appear in points 100 to 199.

smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual

F12
16 bits signed analog value. This is a number represented in the complement to 2 notation. This
means that if the value (16 bits) is between 0 and 32767 is a positive number and can be used as it
is. In contrast, if the value is between 32768 and 65535 should be subtracted 655336 to the
obtained value. The result will be negative in this case
If the obtained value is 1.111, it can be used as it is. But if the value is 64.425, should be minnus
65.536, obtaining -1111.
What represents the reported value in each point depends on the analog parameter configuration
table that can be view and modified using proART (Error! No se encuentra el origen de la
referencia.). Point 300 (first value) corresponds to point 0 of the analog table, 301 to point 1, etc...
The table in proART includes 50 locations (values 0 to 49) that appear in points 300 to 349.
F13
32 bits unsigned counter. The value is compound of two points. The point with lower address has
the most significant 16 bits, while the point with the highest address contains the 16 least
significant bits.
What represents the reported value in each point depends on the counter parameter configuration
table that can be view and modified using proART (this table appears selecting the option

Figure 5-3 Analog parameter configurarion table
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual

Counters in the windows of Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.). Points 400
and 401 (first value) correspond to point 0 of the counter table, 102 and 103 to point 1, etc... The
table in proART includes 50 locations (values 0 to 49) that appear in points 400 to 499.
F14
The points in this format represent the value of binary inputs. Each input can take the binary
value 0 (inactive) or 1 (active). In each point is reported the value of 16 binary inputs. Since this
format is 4 points, there is the capability to report the value of 64 binary inputs
What represents the reported value in each point depends on the input parameter configuration
table that can be view and modified using proART (this table appears selecting the option Inputs
in the windows of Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.). The bit 0 of the point 600
corresponds to input 0. The bit 1 of the same point corresponds to input 1, and so on up to the bit
15 that has the information of the input 15. The bit 0 the point 601 corresponds to the input16 and
continues the same sequence up to the bit 1 of the point 603, which represents the value of the
input 49. The rest of the bits of the point 603 are 0.
F15
The format is the same as F06: a 16-bit unsigned number. However, only is accepted the writing
of values between 0 and 699. If you try to write a value outside this range, the smART M-6279 will
generate an exception 3. Even though it makes no sense, it is possible to repeat values.
IMPORTANT: Data such as date and time or point 80 (command execution) can be selected to
appear on the user map, but will not be possible to write them for actions.
F16
This really is not a format. The data marked with the format F16 actually has a format that
depends on the original format. That is, the F16 is a wild card format
Corresponds to the value of the user map. Then, the format of each value depends on the value
itself, which in turn depends on the address stored in the address area of the user map.
5.7.3 COMMAND EXECUTION (POINT 80)
There are two ways of operating commands (outputs) using the MODBUS protocol. One is to
write in point 80 the number of the output you want to operate. The outputs available and their
correspondence to actual outputs can be viewed and modified using the software proART. This
table appears selecting the option Outputs in the windows of Error! No se encuentra el origen
de la referencia.. For example, to operate the output with index 0 in the table, a 0 is written in the
point 80.
5.7.4 USER MAP
To facilitate the coexistence in this system, there is a further table that allows the reading of non-
consecutive records in a single message. This table is called the user map as it can be modified
using the MODBUS protocol.
It has an address area (between the point 700 and point 899 - 200 entries) and a zone of values in
the user map (between the 900 and the 1099 - 200 entries).
In the address area is written, using the function 16, the addresses of those points want to read.
There is a one to one relationship between these two areas. The point 700 contains the address of
the point to be read in section 900. In 701 there is the direction of the point 901, etc
Then, by reading the value area will read the data whose addresses are configured.
You can read or write any set of points in these two areas, if not exceeding the end of them.
NOTE: The values in the address area are stored in battery-backed memory. Because of this, it is
not necessary to write continuously the information in this zone. Just every time that a change is
made. This address area is different for each port. That is, if there are two ports of the smART M-
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual

6279 and both are required to use the user map, it will be needed to configure the map for each one
separately.
5.7.5 32 AND 16 BITS ANALOG POINTS
Points from 100 to 199 contain 32 bits analog values, while the points from 300 to 349 contain
values of 16 bits. Both ranges of values refer to the same points in two different representations.
With 16 bits you have a smaller value, which is transmitted more quickly, but with lower
resolution. The maximum resolution is obtained using 32-bit.
The points of 16-bit are a scaled version of 32-bit points. In the General tab of the
configuration of DNP communications are shown full-scale values that are used to scale the values
of 32 bits. Figure 5-4 shows the window and the selection of the values at full scale is at the top
left.

Figure 5-4 Scale configuration
smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual

To obtain the real value, the scale is deleted using the expresion:
32768
*
i
Value FullScale
Value =
Where FullScale is the configured value, Value
i
is the received value for the 16 bit point, and
Value is the not scaled result. Accordingly, the full-scale values represent the maximum that is
expected to this point. Any higher value will not be represented using 16 bits and will give wrong
results.
WARNING: The options in the box 16 bits variations responses only affect the DNP3
protocol. In the MODBUS protocol, there is no way to report on conditions overflow.
Consequently, this election does not apply.
5.7.6 EVENTS READING
The reading of events is done through a mechanism that is described in this section. The
mechanism allows the reading of events in groups up to 31 events. Event means any change in
status in the configured digital inputs. Each event includes the state in which the input was and the
date and time at which the change happened. At one moment, there can be any number of events
waiting to be read. If there were more than 31, will be present in 31 of 31 until end the events that
have not been read by the master.
To ensure that the master has read the events that are reported, there is a mechanism by which
the master tells the smART M-6279 have read the events and then allowing the relay to report
additional events, if any.
The number of events available to be read is investigated by reading the point 1100. The number
read may be between 0 and 31. This point should be read alone. A reading of more than one point
from index 1100 will fail and the smART M-6279 will indicate that the exception 2 has occurred.
Each reading of section 1100 causes that the smART M-6279 re-investigates the number of events
available. It is not required then perform a reading of events immediately after reading the point
1100. Section 1100 can be read as many times as you want and make the event information reading
when considered appropriate (maybe waiting for 31 events).
Once known the number of events available, those can be read from the point 1102. Requires
that the reading must always be done from the point 102. Moreover, the number of points read
must be a multiple of 4 (required to be read events in full). Finally, the number of read events can
not exceed the number of events available (the indicated ones in the final reading of section 1100).
However, it is possible to read less number of events than specified in section 1100.
Each event is compound by the information contained in 4 points.
The first, with the lowest index, contains the number of the event in bits 6 to 0. 7 to 14
bits are always 0. Bit 15 indicates the status of the input after the change (1 or 0).
The following three points have a value of 48 bits, ordered from most to least
significant. Represents the date and the number of milliseconds elapsed since midnight
on January 1, 1970 (using format F10).
The following is an example of an event, where the information is read in sections 1102 to 1105:
1102: 0x8001
1103: 0x011D
1104: 0xD367
1105: 0xF588
In the example, the value 0x8001 indicates that the flag whose index is 1 changed to 1 (bit 15
is 1). In addition, it indicates that the date of change is 0x011DD367F588, equivalent to
1227.612485.000 milliseconds elapsed since the beginning of January 1, 1970. This equals to
November 25, 2008 at 11:28:00 with 0 milliseconds.
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual

As used 4 points for each event can be read up to 31 events in a MODBUS message with
function code 3 or 4.
Once the master station has read the events, it must indicate this specifically. This is done by
writing any value at point 1101. Once the smART M-6279 receives the writing in point 1101,
considers that the master has already read or does not require the events available. As many events
as indicated in the final reading of point 1100 are discarded. That is, if in the process included from
reading the number of available events, reading the event information and writing of point 1101
additional events occur, are not lost. Could be recovered once the station master re-reads the 1100.
In summary, to retrieve the events information the master station must implement the following
algorithm (in pseudo code):
ReadEvents()
{
NEvt = ReadPoint(1100)
While (NEvt != 0)
{
Evts() = ReadRange(1102,4*NEvt)
ProcessEvts(Evts())
WritePoint(1101,0)
NEvt = ReadPoint(1100)
}
}
ReadEvents() function should be called often enough not to lose events. ProcessEvts() should do
whatever it takes to process the events received.

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Harris 5000 Protocol
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual

6 HARRIS 5000 PROTOCOL
6.1 INTRODUCTION

Harris 5000/5500/6000 protocol is a protocol developed by Harris (GE Harris) in 1983 for
communication with RTUs. It has been used primarily in North America. The difference is
basically the commands introduced in 6000 extended.
The same company later developed a more advanced protocol that was the DNP.
The implementation developed at the smART M-6279 fits to HR5000. This protocol is half-
duplex based on master / slave.
The protocol can be used in any of the serial ports of the smART M-6279. When you select this
protocol to one or more ports of the smART M-6279, other supported protocols (ArtCOM, DNP3
and MODBUS) are disabled.
The serial ports of the smART M-6279 operate simultaneously and independently of others. As a
result, mixtures of protocols are handled in a natural way. This means that in the smART M-6279
one or two ports can operate using HR5000 while the others use DNP3, MODBUS protocol or the
proprietary (ArtCOM).
All ports of the smART M-6279 configured with HR5000 share point configuration tables. This
means that the point map for all ports HR5000 is the same. You can not configure separate tables
per each port.
This document applies to version 2.03 of the operating software of the smART M-6279. Newer
versions of it may incorporate improvements or changes that will be documented through revisions
to this document.
6.2 PROTOCOL FEATURES
6.2.1 MESSAGE STRUCTURE
The messages are structured in characters each one with 1 start bit, 7 data bits, odd parity and 1
stop bit.
In the 7 data bits, the seventh indicates the direction of message (SOM bit). Only the first byte of
a frame in a Master -> RTU direction will take this bit set to 1.
A complete sequence of request / response using the protocol includes the following bytes that
are sent in individual frames.
Requests sent by the master node:
Slave address 1 byte. (Bit SOM set to 1 + 6 bits for address)
Function code 1 byte (6 bits)
Data Variable number of bytes depending on the function code (6 bits per byte) (from
0 to 7 characters)
LRC 1 byte with the LRC algorithm for error checking (6 bits)
Harris 5000 Protocol Beckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

Responses sent by the slave node:
Slave address 1 byte. (Bit SOM set to 1 + 6 bits for address)
Function code 1 byte (6 bits)
Data Variable number of bytes depending on the function code (6 bits per byte) (from
0 to 457 characters)
LRC 1 byte with the LRC algorithm for error checking (6 bits)
The slave address is the first byte of all the packages. Contains the address assigned by the user
to the device. Each slave device must have a different address if more than one is present in the
same communication cable. In the packages sent by the station master, this field indicates the slave
(smART), while in the packages received by the master station indicates the direction of the slave
that responds.
Bit SOM (Start of Message), the seventh bit of a byte, is set to one only by the master in the first
byte of a frame, the one which includes the slave address.
The function code is the second byte of all the packages. The HR5000 protocol defines function
codes from 0 to 16. The smART uses a subset of these codes.
The field data contains a variable number of bytes whose length depends on the function code
that is requested or responded. It is the useful information exchanged between the master node and
slave node. This field contains the addresses of requested points by the master node or the result
produced by the slave.
Finally, the field LRC (Longitudinal Redundancy Check) contains an error detection code. It is
one byte long and contains the result of the XOR of all the characters of the message. When a
device transmits a message, calculates that value and adds it to the data package. The device
receives the message, performs the same calculation and compares its result with the code
received. If the same result is got, the data package is considered correct, while a difference causes
that the package is considered wrong.
6.2.2 PORT DEFINITION
An HR5000 RTU is organized in ports with a capacity of 7 ports as maximum. Each port can be
configured in one of the following types: Analog Inputs, Accumulators, Indication Inputs and
Control Commands, Up / Down Outputs, Analog Outputs and SOE (sequence of events).
In some of the messages sent by the master, we find references to the index of the port. This
reference is not an absolute reference, is relative to the type of port.
For example if we have two ports, 6 and 7, configured as Up / Down and is wanted to refer to
the first one, we refer to it as port 0, and 1 will refer to 7.
As Analog Inputs and Accumulators ports are treated with the same function, both are considered
the same type in terms of relative port numbering.
Each port has 3 status bits which reflect the status of each port. This information is sent to the
station master on the content of the response to some commands. These 3 bits are:
OL: Off Line. Port out of service.
PF: Power Fail. Port reset.
MF: Failure of internal transfer of the port, or number of changes requested does not match
with reported
6.2.3 COMPLETE MESSAGE
Both sending and receiving messages can have fixed length and variable length. In consideration
of receiving a message is complete, and therefore we must check its LRC, is based on the function
code and the configuration of ports
smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual

1. Sample message of fixed length: 03 Status Change Check, which asks the number of
changes of state of binary inputs waiting to report.
1 direction byte (Bit SOM set to 1)
1 function byte (0x03)
1 LRC byte
2. Sample message of variable length: 00- Data Dump, which requests the counters and
the analog inputs, the length of the message will be:
1 direction byte (Bit SOM set to 1)
1 function byte (0x00)
1 byte for each configured analog and accumulator.
1 LRC byte
6.2.4 FUNCTION CODE
The following table resumes the Harris-5000 protocol commands:

FUNCTION CODE
(hex)

DEFINITION

00

Data Dump

01

Future Use

02

Future Use

03

Status Change Check

04

Status Change Dump

05

Status Dump

06

Control Arm

07

Control Operate

08

Raise/Lower

09

Setpoint Arm

0A

Setpoint Operate

0B

Power Fail Reset

0C

Port Status Scan

0D
Time Synchronization

0E

0F
SOE Change Check

10
SOE Change Dump

Table 6-1 HR5000 Functions

smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

6.3 CONFIGURATION
Before using HR5000, the smART M-6279 must be configured using the software proART. To
configure the smART with the software, start communication using a serial port different than
where HR5000 will be used.
Once proART communicates with the smART, select Operations / Device configuration /
Communications / and setup the desired serial port. Change the choice of protocol to HR5000.
Check that the speed, protocol, etc... are correct.
Then it will be necessary to revise and modify the tables of parameters. Consider the
implications of changes in these tables based on other protocols in use, because the table is unique
and not particular to each serial port. XXXX section contains additional information from the
tables of parameters.
6.3.1 SERIAL PORT CONFIGURATION
HR5000 default protocol communicates at 9600 baud with 7 data bits, 1 stop bit and odd parity.
But this is configurable, allowing the change of all these parameters from the setup program
proART.

6.3.2 DATA PORT CONFIGURATION
The information given by the smART M-6279 in the HR5000 protocol is assigned in groups of
points. These groups of points, in HR5000 terminology, are called Ports. According to the protocol
can be 7 ports. Each port can be of a type of the following: Analog Inputs, Accumulators, Binary
Inputs and Binary Controls.

Figure 6-1 Serial port configuration for HR5000
smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

Later, the information points submitted by the smART M-6279 will be assigned to each port.
They can have configured up to 32 points of Binary Inputs and Analog Inputs type, 8 of
Accumulator type and 16 of Binary Control type.

Figure 6-2 Port and information point configuration

6.3.3 FULL SCALE VALUES
In this box there are the values that are used to scale the readings that will be obtained when
requested analog values. To ensure that the scaling works properly 16 bits variation responses
should be set to Scaled, otherwise, the values entered here are without effect.
There is a field for voltages, one for currents, one for frequency and the fourth one is for powers.
In each of these fields must be entered the maximum expected value for the indicated magnitude.
The value that will be obtained when the point is read using scaling will result from the following
expression:
VScale
VMess
V

=
4095

smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

Figure 6-3 Scale configuration
Noting the equation can be deduced that when the measured value (VMess) is equal to the value
declared at full scale (VScale) the result will be 4095 which is the maximum size for 12-bit analog
points.
Any VMess > VScale will result a value greater than 4095 and therefore will be reported as
4095. Accordingly, it is recommended to leave a margin to handle without problems exceptional
circumstances. The margin should be chosen taking into account the possibility of such
circumstances, which necessarily vary from one installation point to other.
To obtain the real value, the scale is removed using the following expression:
4095
*V VScale
VMess =
For example, if the nominal work value of the line is 5 amperes and can manage a maximum
load of 10 in continuous, a reasonable range could be provided by a full-scale value of 12 amperes
(20% of margin).
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

6.4 HR5000 IMPLEMENTATION
6.4.1 IMPLEMENTED PORT TYPES
At the smART M-6279 has been implemented a subset of the types of ports. Types implemented
are the following: Analog Inputs, Accumulators, Indication Inputs and Control Commands.
6.4.2 IMPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS
The following table summarizes the commands of the protocol Harris-5000 supported by the
smART M-6279:

FUNCTION CODE
(hex)

DEFINITION

SUPPORTED

00

Data Dump

Yes

01

Future Use

No

02

Future Use

No

03

Status Change Check

Yes

04

Status Change Dump

Yes

05

Status Dump

Yes

06

Control Arm

Yes

07

Control Operate

Yes

08

Raise/Lower

No

09

Setpoint Arm

No

0A

Setpoint Operate

No

0B

Power Fail Reset

Yes

0C

Port Status Scan

Yes

0D

No

0E

No

0F
SOE Change Check

No

10
SOE Change Dump

No

Table 6-2 Functions supported by the smART M-6279

6.4.2.1 DATA DUMP
This function requests information from the analog ports and counters indicating the number of
points to be reported for each port. Values are reported in 12 bits each. If the number of ports
configured does not correspond, then there is no answer. The order in which ports are required is
the relative order of the configuration of this type of ports (Analog and Accumulators). If more
points than configured are requested from a certain port, then they are filled with zeros. If no point
is requested from a port, then it is not sent either the status byte of the port.

smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

6.4.2.2 STATUS CHANGE CHECK
Requests the number of changes of digital inputs stored. It returns the number of changes in
digital inputs. At one moment, there can be any number of events waiting to be read. If there were
more than 62, they will be presented in groups of 62 until end the events that have not been read by
the master.
Each request of the number of changes causes that the smART M-6279 must re-investigate the
number of events available. It is not required then to perform a reading of events immediately after.
The number of changes can be read as often as desired and make the event information reading
when considered appropriate (maybe waiting to accumulate 62).
6.4.2.3 STATUS CHANGE DUMP
Requests a number of digital inputs changes. It returns a list with the number of changes
required, in order of occurrence and without time. Each event reports the state that the input was.
The number reported in a previous command Check Status Change or Data Dump must be
requested. If requested another number, then there will be an error response. The answer consists in
the incorrect number of requested changes, but all zero except the MF bit set to 1, to report this
error.
After an execution of this command, if the next command is a Status Change Dump command
again, the list of events will be forwarded. If the command received is any other, then it is
considered that the events have been received correctly in the master and the reported changes are
deleted.
6.4.2.4 STATUS DUMP
Requests the current state of binary inputs indicating the number of points to report for each port.
If the number of ports does not correspond with configured then there is no answer. If you want
more points than configured for certain port, then they are filled with zeros. If a port has not been
requested for points (0 points), then either the port status byte is sent.
After an execution of this command all events stored in the changes queue are deleted.
6.4.2.5 CONTROL ARM
The paradigm of operation to act on a control point is the selection / operation model. First you
must select the point and then operate on it.
When receiving this message, a point to operate is selected. Must be followed immediately by
the order of operation. The application of selection and operation must be equal, except for the
function itself and the byte Number of the point will be in inverted logic. Finally, the selection
expires after 1 second. That is, if spends more than 1 second between the order of selection and
order of operation, it will not run.
If the following command to the selection is not an operate, then the selection is deleted.
Only are accepted complementary controls, and therefore only are accepted Close commands
on configured points. In local or blocked mode, then there is no answer.
6.4.2.6 CONTROL OPERATE
Operates on a previously selected point. If the timeout has been reached between selection and
operation, if it spends more than 1 second between the order of selection and the order of
operation, it will not run and will not respond anything to the master.
Only are accepted complementary controls, and therefore only are accepted Close commands
on configured points. In local or blocked mode, then there is no answer.
If the message does not match with expected or if a point has not been previously selected, it will
not act and is not responding to the master.
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual

6.4.2.7 POWER FAIL RESET
This function turns off the bit of Power Fail that the smART M-6279 actives when starting the
operation. In the smART M-6279 this flag is common to all ports.
6.4.2.8 PORT STATUS SCAN
All ports in HR5000 have 3 status bits which reflect the status of each port. With this function
the status of all the configured ports is requested. These 3 bits are:
OL: Off Line. Port out of service.
PF: Power Fail. Port reset.
MF: Failure of internal transfer of the port.

Beckwith Electric Co. Inc Curves for time characteristics
smART M-6279

1
Instruction Manual

APENDIX-I. CURVES FOR TIME
CHARACTERISTICS
I.1 IEC 255-4 AND BS142 CURVES

Types:
Normal Inverse.
Very Inverse
Extremely Inverse
Short Inverse
Long Inverse
Very inverse special
General equation
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
=
1
I
I
tr
* M T
2
o
dropout
|
|
\
|
=
where:
T
OPERATE
: trip time (seg)
T
DROPOUT
: drop out time (seg)
M: Time index. Valid range from 0.05 to 1.09 in steps of 0.01
I: Messured current
Io: Configured pickup current
A, , tr: Depending on the curve constants

Const. Norm. Inverse Very inverse Ext. Inverse Short Inverse Long Inverse VI Special
A 0.14 13.50 80.00 0.05 120 2.60

0.02 1.00 2.00 0.04 1 1.00
Tr 13.5 47.3 80 4.85 120 21.2
Below are shown for each type of characteristic curves for the indexes 0.05,0.06, 0.07, 0.08,
0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45,
0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 080, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00, 1.05
Curves for time characteristics Beckwith Electric Co. Inc
smART M-6279

2
Instruction Manual

I.1.1 NORMAL INVERSE IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 0,14 = 0,02 Tr = 13,5
Theoretical values given by the equation:
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 0,682 0,720 0,900 3,553 7,170 3,669 1,916 1,331 0,860 0,501 0,315 0,214 0,149 0,113 0,091
0.06 0,818 0,864 1,080 4,263 8,604 4,402 2,299 1,597 1,032 0,602 0,378 0,257 0,178 0,136 0,110
0.07 0,955 1,008 1,260 4,974 10,038 5,136 2,683 1,863 1,204 0,702 0,441 0,300 0,208 0,159 0,128
0.08 1,091 1,152 1,440 5,684 11,472 5,870 3,066 2,129 1,376 0,802 0,504 0,342 0,238 0,181 0,146
0.09 1,227 1,296 1,620 6,395 12,906 6,604 3,449 2,395 1,547 0,903 0,567 0,385 0,267 0,204 0,165
0.10 1,364 1,440 1,800 7,105 14,340 7,337 3,832 2,661 1,719 1,003 0,630 0,428 0,297 0,227 0,183
0.11 1,500 1,584 1,980 7,816 15,774 8,071 4,216 2,927 1,891 1,103 0,693 0,471 0,327 0,249 0,201
0.12 1,636 1,728 2,160 8,526 17,208 8,805 4,599 3,193 2,063 1,203 0,756 0,514 0,356 0,272 0,219
0.13 1,773 1,872 2,340 9,237 18,642 9,539 4,982 3,459 2,235 1,304 0,819 0,556 0,386 0,295 0,238
0.14 1,909 2,016 2,520 9,947 20,076 10,272 5,365 3,725 2,407 1,404 0,882 0,599 0,416 0,317 0,256
0.15 2,045 2,160 2,700 10,658 21,510 11,006 5,749 3,992 2,579 1,504 0,945 0,642 0,446 0,340 0,274
0.16 2,182 2,304 2,880 11,368 22,944 11,740 6,132 4,258 2,751 1,605 1,008 0,685 0,475 0,363 0,293
0.17 2,318 2,448 3,060 12,079 24,378 12,474 6,515 4,524 2,923 1,705 1,071 0,728 0,505 0,385 0,311
0.18 2,455 2,592 3,240 12,789 25,812 13,207 6,898 4,790 3,095 1,805 1,134 0,770 0,535 0,408 0,329
0.19 2,591 2,736 3,420 13,500 27,246 13,941 7,282 5,056 3,267 1,906 1,197 0,813 0,564 0,431 0,347
0.20 2,727 2,880 3,600 14,211 28,680 14,675 7,665 5,322 3,439 2,006 1,260 0,856 0,594 0,453 0,366
0.25 3,409 3,600 4,500 17,763 35,850 18,344 9,581 6,653 4,299 2,507 1,575 1,070 0,743 0,567 0,457
0.30 4,091 4,320 5,400 21,316 43,020 22,012 11,497 7,983 5,158 3,009 1,891 1,284 0,891 0,680 0,549
0.35 4,773 5,040 6,300 24,868 50,191 25,681 13,413 9,314 6,018 3,510 2,206 1,498 1,040 0,794 0,640
0.40 5,455 5,760 7,200 28,421 57,361 29,350 15,329 10,644 6,878 4,012 2,521 1,712 1,188 0,907 0,731
0.45 6,136 6,480 8,100 31,974 64,531 33,018 17,246 11,975 7,737 4,513 2,836 1,926 1,337 1,020 0,823
0.50 6,818 7,200 9,000 35,526 71,701 36,687 19,162 13,305 8,597 5,015 3,151 2,140 1,485 1,134 0,914
0.55 7,500 7,920 9,900 39,079 78,871 40,356 21,078 14,636 9,457 5,516 3,466 2,354 1,634 1,247 1,006
0.60 8,182 8,640 10,800 42,632 86,041 44,025 22,994 15,966 10,317 6,017 3,781 2,568 1,782 1,360 1,097
0.65 8,864 9,360 11,700 46,184 93,211 47,693 24,910 17,297 11,176 6,519 4,096 2,782 1,931 1,474 1,188
0.70 9,545 10,080 12,600 49,737 100,381 51,362 26,827 18,627 12,036 7,020 4,411 2,996 2,079 1,587 1,280
0.75 10,227 10,800 13,500 53,289 107,551 55,031 28,743 19,958 12,896 7,522 4,726 3,210 2,228 1,701 1,371
0.80 10,909 11,520 14,400 56,842 114,721 58,700 30,659 21,288 13,755 8,023 5,042 3,424 2,376 1,814 1,463
0.85 11,591 12,240 15,300 60,395 121,891 62,368 32,575 22,619 14,615 8,525 5,357 3,638 2,525 1,927 1,554
0.90 12,273 12,960 16,200 63,947 129,061 66,037 34,491 23,949 15,475 9,026 5,672 3,852 2,674 2,041 1,646
0.95 12,955 13,680 17,100 67,500 136,231 69,706 36,408 25,280 16,335 9,528 5,987 4,066 2,822 2,154 1,737
1.00 13,636 14,400 18,000 71,053 143,402 73,374 38,324 26,611 17,194 10,029 6,302 4,280 2,971 2,267 1,828
1.05 14,318 15,120 18,900 74,605 150,572 77,043 40,240 27,941 18,054 10,530 6,617 4,494 3,119 2,381 1,920
smART M-6279

3
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 1 Normal inverse IEC Curve
smART M-6279

4
Instruction Manual

I.1.2 VERY INVERSE IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 13,5 = 1 Tr = 47,3
Valores tericos dados por la frmula:
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 2,389 2,523 3,153 12,447 13,500 6,750 3,375 2,250 1,350 0,675 0,338 0,169 0,075 0,036 0,017
0.06 2,867 3,027 3,784 14,937 16,200 8,100 4,050 2,700 1,620 0,810 0,405 0,203 0,090 0,043 0,021
0.07 3,344 3,532 4,415 17,426 18,900 9,450 4,725 3,150 1,890 0,945 0,473 0,236 0,105 0,050 0,024
0.08 3,822 4,036 5,045 19,916 21,600 10,800 5,400 3,600 2,160 1,080 0,540 0,270 0,120 0,057 0,028
0.09 4,300 4,541 5,676 22,405 24,300 12,150 6,075 4,050 2,430 1,215 0,608 0,304 0,135 0,064 0,031
0.10 4,778 5,045 6,307 24,895 27,000 13,500 6,750 4,500 2,700 1,350 0,675 0,338 0,150 0,071 0,035
0.11 5,256 5,550 6,937 27,384 29,700 14,850 7,425 4,950 2,970 1,485 0,743 0,371 0,165 0,078 0,038
0.12 5,733 6,054 7,568 29,874 32,400 16,200 8,100 5,400 3,240 1,620 0,810 0,405 0,180 0,085 0,042
0.13 6,211 6,559 8,199 32,363 35,100 17,550 8,775 5,850 3,510 1,755 0,878 0,439 0,195 0,092 0,045
0.14 6,689 7,063 8,829 34,853 37,800 18,900 9,450 6,300 3,780 1,890 0,945 0,473 0,210 0,099 0,048
0.15 7,167 7,568 9,460 37,342 40,500 20,250 10,125 6,750 4,050 2,025 1,013 0,506 0,225 0,107 0,052
0.16 7,644 8,073 10,091 39,832 43,200 21,600 10,800 7,200 4,320 2,160 1,080 0,540 0,240 0,114 0,055
0.17 8,122 8,577 10,721 42,321 45,900 22,950 11,475 7,650 4,590 2,295 1,148 0,574 0,255 0,121 0,059
0.18 8,600 9,082 11,352 44,811 48,600 24,300 12,150 8,100 4,860 2,430 1,215 0,608 0,270 0,128 0,062
0.19 9,078 9,586 11,983 47,300 51,300 25,650 12,825 8,550 5,130 2,565 1,283 0,641 0,285 0,135 0,066
0.20 9,556 10,091 12,613 49,789 54,000 27,000 13,500 9,000 5,400 2,700 1,350 0,675 0,300 0,142 0,069
0.25 11,944 12,613 15,767 62,237 67,500 33,750 16,875 11,250 6,750 3,375 1,688 0,844 0,375 0,178 0,087
0.30 14,333 15,136 18,920 74,684 81,000 40,500 20,250 13,500 8,100 4,050 2,025 1,013 0,450 0,213 0,104
0.35 16,722 17,659 22,073 87,132 94,500 47,250 23,625 15,750 9,450 4,725 2,363 1,181 0,525 0,249 0,121
0.40 19,111 20,181 25,227 99,579 108,000 54,000 27,000 18,000 10,800 5,400 2,700 1,350 0,600 0,284 0,138
0.45 21,500 22,704 28,380 112,026 121,500 60,750 30,375 20,250 12,150 6,075 3,038 1,519 0,675 0,320 0,156
0.50 23,889 25,227 31,533 124,474 135,000 67,500 33,750 22,500 13,500 6,750 3,375 1,688 0,750 0,355 0,173
0.55 26,278 27,749 34,687 136,921 148,500 74,250 37,125 24,750 14,850 7,425 3,713 1,856 0,825 0,391 0,190
0.60 28,667 30,272 37,840 149,368 162,000 81,000 40,500 27,000 16,200 8,100 4,050 2,025 0,900 0,426 0,208
0.65 31,056 32,795 40,993 161,816 175,500 87,750 43,875 29,250 17,550 8,775 4,388 2,194 0,975 0,462 0,225
0.70 33,444 35,317 44,147 174,263 189,000 94,500 47,250 31,500 18,900 9,450 4,725 2,363 1,050 0,497 0,242
0.75 35,833 37,840 47,300 186,711 202,500 101,250 50,625 33,750 20,250 10,125 5,063 2,531 1,125 0,533 0,260
0.80 38,222 40,363 50,453 199,158 216,000 108,000 54,000 36,000 21,600 10,800 5,400 2,700 1,200 0,568 0,277
0.85 40,611 42,885 53,607 211,605 229,500 114,750 57,375 38,250 22,950 11,475 5,738 2,869 1,275 0,604 0,294
0.90 43,000 45,408 56,760 224,053 243,000 121,500 60,750 40,500 24,300 12,150 6,075 3,038 1,350 0,639 0,312
0.95 45,389 47,931 59,913 236,500 256,500 128,250 64,125 42,750 25,650 12,825 6,413 3,206 1,425 0,675 0,329
1.00 47,778 50,453 63,067 248,947 270,000 135,000 67,500 45,000 27,000 13,500 6,750 3,375 1,500 0,711 0,346
1.05 50,167 52,976 66,220 261,395 283,500 141,750 70,875 47,250 28,350 14,175 7,088 3,544 1,575 0,746 0,363
smART M-6279

5
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 2 Very inverse IEC Curve
smART M-6279

6
Instruction Manual

I.1.3 EXTREMELY INVERSE IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 80,0 = 2,0 Tr = 80,0
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 4,040 4,267 5,333 21,053 39,024 19,048 9,091 5,797 3,200 1,333 0,500 0,167 0,040 0,010 0,003
0.06 4,848 5,120 6,400 25,263 46,829 22,857 10,909 6,957 3,840 1,600 0,600 0,200 0,048 0,012 0,003
0.07 5,657 5,973 7,467 29,474 54,634 26,667 12,727 8,116 4,480 1,867 0,700 0,233 0,057 0,014 0,004
0.08 6,465 6,827 8,533 33,684 62,439 30,476 14,545 9,275 5,120 2,133 0,800 0,267 0,065 0,016 0,004
0.09 7,273 7,680 9,600 37,895 70,244 34,286 16,364 10,435 5,760 2,400 0,900 0,300 0,073 0,018 0,005
0.10 8,081 8,533 10,667 42,105 78,049 38,095 18,182 11,594 6,400 2,667 1,000 0,333 0,081 0,020 0,005
0.11 8,889 9,387 11,733 46,316 85,854 41,905 20,000 12,754 7,040 2,933 1,100 0,367 0,089 0,022 0,006
0.12 9,697 10,240 12,800 50,526 93,659 45,714 21,818 13,913 7,680 3,200 1,200 0,400 0,097 0,024 0,006
0.13 10,505 11,093 13,867 54,737 101,463 49,524 23,636 15,072 8,320 3,467 1,300 0,433 0,105 0,026 0,007
0.14 11,313 11,947 14,933 58,947 109,268 53,333 25,455 16,232 8,960 3,733 1,400 0,467 0,113 0,028 0,007
0.15 12,121 12,800 16,000 63,158 117,073 57,143 27,273 17,391 9,600 4,000 1,500 0,500 0,121 0,030 0,008
0.16 12,929 13,653 17,067 67,368 124,878 60,952 29,091 18,551 10,240 4,267 1,600 0,533 0,129 0,032 0,008
0.17 13,737 14,507 18,133 71,579 132,683 64,762 30,909 19,710 10,880 4,533 1,700 0,567 0,137 0,034 0,009
0.18 14,545 15,360 19,200 75,789 140,488 68,571 32,727 20,870 11,520 4,800 1,800 0,600 0,145 0,036 0,009
0.19 15,354 16,213 20,267 80,000 148,293 72,381 34,545 22,029 12,160 5,067 1,900 0,633 0,154 0,038 0,010
0.20 16,162 17,067 21,333 84,211 156,098 76,190 36,364 23,188 12,800 5,333 2,000 0,667 0,162 0,040 0,010
0.25 20,202 21,333 26,667 105,263 195,122 95,238 45,455 28,986 16,000 6,667 2,500 0,833 0,202 0,050 0,013
0.30 24,242 25,600 32,000 126,316 234,146 114,286 54,545 34,783 19,200 8,000 3,000 1,000 0,242 0,060 0,015
0.35 28,283 29,867 37,333 147,368 273,171 133,333 63,636 40,580 22,400 9,333 3,500 1,167 0,283 0,070 0,018
0.40 32,323 34,133 42,667 168,421 312,195 152,381 72,727 46,377 25,600 10,667 4,000 1,333 0,323 0,080 0,020
0.45 36,364 38,400 48,000 189,474 351,220 171,429 81,818 52,174 28,800 12,000 4,500 1,500 0,364 0,090 0,023
0.50 40,404 42,667 53,333 210,526 390,244 190,476 90,909 57,971 32,000 13,333 5,000 1,667 0,404 0,100 0,025
0.55 44,444 46,933 58,667 231,579 429,268 209,524 100,000 63,768 35,200 14,667 5,500 1,833 0,444 0,110 0,028
0.60 48,485 51,200 64,000 252,632 468,293 228,571 109,091 69,565 38,400 16,000 6,000 2,000 0,485 0,120 0,030
0.65 52,525 55,467 69,333 273,684 507,317 247,619 118,182 75,362 41,600 17,333 6,500 2,167 0,525 0,130 0,033
0.70 56,566 59,733 74,667 294,737 546,341 266,667 127,273 81,159 44,800 18,667 7,000 2,333 0,566 0,140 0,035
0.75 60,606 64,000 80,000 315,789 585,366 285,714 136,364 86,957 48,000 20,000 7,500 2,500 0,606 0,150 0,038
0.80 64,646 68,267 85,333 336,842 624,390 304,762 145,455 92,754 51,200 21,333 8,000 2,667 0,646 0,160 0,040
0.85 68,687 72,533 90,667 357,895 663,415 323,810 154,545 98,551 54,400 22,667 8,500 2,833 0,687 0,170 0,043
0.90 72,727 76,800 96,000 378,947 702,439 342,857 163,636 104,348 57,600 24,000 9,000 3,000 0,727 0,180 0,045
0.95 76,768 81,067 101,333 400,000 741,463 361,905 172,727 110,145 60,800 25,333 9,500 3,167 0,768 0,190 0,048
1.00 80,808 85,333 106,667 421,053 780,488 380,952 181,818 115,942 64,000 26,667 10,000 3,333 0,808 0,201 0,050
1.05 84,848 89,600 112,000 442,105 819,512 400,000 190,909 121,739 67,200 28,000 10,500 3,500 0,848 0,211 0,053
smART M-6279

7
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 3 Extremely inverse IEC curve
smART M-6279

8
Instruction Manual

I.1.4 SHORT INVERSE IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 0,05 = 0,04 Tr = 4,85
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 0,245 0,259 0,323 1,276 1,280 0,655 0,342 0,237 0,153 0,089 0,056 0,038 0,026 0,020 0,016
0.06 0,294 0,310 0,388 1,532 1,536 0,785 0,410 0,284 0,183 0,107 0,067 0,045 0,031 0,024 0,019
0.07 0,343 0,362 0,453 1,787 1,792 0,916 0,478 0,332 0,214 0,124 0,078 0,053 0,036 0,027 0,022
0.08 0,392 0,414 0,517 2,042 2,048 1,047 0,546 0,379 0,245 0,142 0,089 0,060 0,041 0,031 0,025
0.09 0,441 0,466 0,582 2,297 2,304 1,178 0,615 0,427 0,275 0,160 0,100 0,068 0,047 0,035 0,028
0.10 0,490 0,517 0,647 2,553 2,559 1,309 0,683 0,474 0,306 0,178 0,111 0,075 0,052 0,039 0,031
0.11 0,539 0,569 0,711 2,808 2,815 1,440 0,751 0,521 0,336 0,196 0,122 0,083 0,057 0,043 0,035
0.12 0,588 0,621 0,776 3,063 3,071 1,571 0,820 0,569 0,367 0,213 0,134 0,090 0,062 0,047 0,038
0.13 0,637 0,673 0,841 3,318 3,327 1,702 0,888 0,616 0,398 0,231 0,145 0,098 0,067 0,051 0,041
0.14 0,686 0,724 0,905 3,574 3,583 1,833 0,956 0,664 0,428 0,249 0,156 0,105 0,073 0,055 0,044
0.15 0,735 0,776 0,970 3,829 3,839 1,964 1,025 0,711 0,459 0,267 0,167 0,113 0,078 0,059 0,047
0.16 0,784 0,828 1,035 4,084 4,095 2,094 1,093 0,758 0,489 0,285 0,178 0,120 0,083 0,063 0,050
0.17 0,833 0,879 1,099 4,339 4,351 2,225 1,161 0,806 0,520 0,302 0,189 0,128 0,088 0,067 0,053
0.18 0,882 0,931 1,164 4,595 4,607 2,356 1,230 0,853 0,550 0,320 0,200 0,135 0,093 0,071 0,057
0.19 0,931 0,983 1,229 4,850 4,863 2,487 1,298 0,900 0,581 0,338 0,211 0,143 0,098 0,075 0,060
0.20 0,980 1,035 1,293 5,105 5,119 2,618 1,366 0,948 0,612 0,356 0,223 0,150 0,104 0,079 0,063
0.25 1,225 1,293 1,617 6,382 6,399 3,273 1,708 1,185 0,764 0,445 0,278 0,188 0,130 0,098 0,079
0.30 1,470 1,552 1,940 7,658 7,678 3,927 2,049 1,422 0,917 0,534 0,334 0,226 0,155 0,118 0,094
0.35 1,715 1,811 2,263 8,934 8,958 4,582 2,391 1,659 1,070 0,622 0,390 0,263 0,181 0,137 0,110
0.40 1,960 2,069 2,587 10,211 10,238 5,236 2,732 1,896 1,223 0,711 0,445 0,301 0,207 0,157 0,126
0.45 2,205 2,328 2,910 11,487 11,518 5,891 3,074 2,133 1,376 0,800 0,501 0,338 0,233 0,177 0,142
0.50 2,449 2,587 3,233 12,763 12,797 6,545 3,416 2,370 1,529 0,889 0,556 0,376 0,259 0,196 0,157
0.55 2,694 2,845 3,557 14,039 14,077 7,200 3,757 2,607 1,682 0,978 0,612 0,414 0,285 0,216 0,173
0.60 2,939 3,104 3,880 15,316 15,357 7,854 4,099 2,844 1,835 1,067 0,668 0,451 0,311 0,236 0,189
0.65 3,184 3,363 4,203 16,592 16,637 8,509 4,440 3,081 1,988 1,156 0,723 0,489 0,337 0,255 0,204
0.70 3,429 3,621 4,527 17,868 17,916 9,163 4,782 3,318 2,141 1,245 0,779 0,526 0,363 0,275 0,220
0.75 3,674 3,880 4,850 19,145 19,196 9,818 5,123 3,555 2,293 1,334 0,835 0,564 0,389 0,295 0,236
0.80 3,919 4,139 5,173 20,421 20,476 10,472 5,465 3,792 2,446 1,423 0,890 0,602 0,415 0,314 0,252
0.85 4,164 4,397 5,497 21,697 21,756 11,127 5,806 4,029 2,599 1,512 0,946 0,639 0,441 0,334 0,267
0.90 4,409 4,656 5,820 22,974 23,035 11,781 6,148 4,265 2,752 1,601 1,002 0,677 0,466 0,353 0,283
0.95 4,654 4,915 6,143 24,250 24,315 12,436 6,489 4,502 2,905 1,690 1,057 0,714 0,492 0,373 0,299
1.00 4,899 5,173 6,467 25,526 25,595 13,090 6,831 4,739 3,058 1,778 1,113 0,752 0,518 0,393 0,314
1.05 5,144 5,432 6,790 26,803 26,875 13,745 7,173 4,976 3,211 1,867 1,169 0,790 0,544 0,412 0,330
smART M-6279

9
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 4 Short inverse IEC curve
smART M-6279

10
Instruction Manual

I.1.5 LONG INVERSE IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 120 = 1 Tr = 120
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 6,061 6,400 8,000 31,579 120,000 60,000 30,000 20,000 12,000 6,000 3,000 1,500 0,667 0,316 0,154
0.06 7,273 7,680 9,600 37,895 144,000 72,000 36,000 24,000 14,400 7,200 3,600 1,800 0,800 0,379 0,185
0.07 8,485 8,960 11,200 44,211 168,000 84,000 42,000 28,000 16,800 8,400 4,200 2,100 0,933 0,442 0,215
0.08 9,697 10,240 12,800 50,526 192,000 96,000 48,000 32,000 19,200 9,600 4,800 2,400 1,067 0,505 0,246
0.09 10,909 11,520 14,400 56,842 216,000 108,000 54,000 36,000 21,600 10,800 5,400 2,700 1,200 0,568 0,277
0.10 12,121 12,800 16,000 63,158 240,000 120,000 60,000 40,000 24,000 12,000 6,000 3,000 1,333 0,632 0,308
0.11 13,333 14,080 17,600 69,474 264,000 132,000 66,000 44,000 26,400 13,200 6,600 3,300 1,467 0,695 0,338
0.12 14,545 15,360 19,200 75,789 288,000 144,000 72,000 48,000 28,800 14,400 7,200 3,600 1,600 0,758 0,369
0.13 15,758 16,640 20,800 82,105 312,000 156,000 78,000 52,000 31,200 15,600 7,800 3,900 1,733 0,821 0,400
0.14 16,970 17,920 22,400 88,421 336,000 168,000 84,000 56,000 33,600 16,800 8,400 4,200 1,867 0,884 0,431
0.15 18,182 19,200 24,000 94,737 360,000 180,000 90,000 60,000 36,000 18,000 9,000 4,500 2,000 0,947 0,462
0.16 19,394 20,480 25,600 101,053 384,000 192,000 96,000 64,000 38,400 19,200 9,600 4,800 2,133 1,011 0,492
0.17 20,606 21,760 27,200 107,368 408,000 204,000 102,000 68,000 40,800 20,400 10,200 5,100 2,267 1,074 0,523
0.18 21,818 23,040 28,800 113,684 432,000 216,000 108,000 72,000 43,200 21,600 10,800 5,400 2,400 1,137 0,554
0.19 23,030 24,320 30,400 120,000 456,000 228,000 114,000 76,000 45,600 22,800 11,400 5,700 2,533 1,200 0,585
0.20 24,242 25,600 32,000 126,316 480,000 240,000 120,000 80,000 48,000 24,000 12,000 6,000 2,667 1,263 0,615
0.25 30,303 32,000 40,000 157,895 600,000 300,000 150,000 100,000 60,000 30,000 15,000 7,500 3,333 1,579 0,769
0.30 36,364 38,400 48,000 189,474 720,000 360,000 180,000 120,000 72,000 36,000 18,000 9,000 4,000 1,895 0,923
0.35 42,424 44,800 56,000 221,053 840,000 420,000 210,000 140,000 84,000 42,000 21,000 10,500 4,667 2,211 1,077
0.40 48,485 51,200 64,000 252,632 960,000 480,000 240,000 160,000 96,000 48,000 24,000 12,000 5,333 2,526 1,231
0.45 54,545 57,600 72,000 284,211 1080,00 540,000 270,000 180,000 108,000 54,000 27,000 13,500 6,000 2,842 1,385
0.50 60,606 64,000 80,000 315,789 1200,00 600,000 300,000 200,000 120,000 60,000 30,000 15,000 6,667 3,158 1,538
0.55 66,667 70,400 88,000 347,368 1320,00 660,000 330,000 220,000 132,000 66,000 33,000 16,500 7,333 3,474 1,692
0.60 72,727 76,800 96,000 378,947 1440,00 720,000 360,000 240,000 144,000 72,000 36,000 18,000 8,000 3,789 1,846
0.65 78,788 83,200 104,000 410,526 1560,00 780,000 390,000 260,000 156,000 78,000 39,000 19,500 8,667 4,105 2,000
0.70 84,848 89,600 112,000 442,105 1680,00 840,000 420,000 280,000 168,000 84,000 42,000 21,000 9,333 4,421 2,154
0.75 90,909 96,000 120,000 473,684 1800,00 900,000 450,000 300,000 180,000 90,000 45,000 22,500 10,000 4,737 2,308
0.80 96,970 102,400 128,000 505,263 1920,00 960,000 480,000 320,000 192,000 96,000 48,000 24,000 10,667 5,053 2,462
0.85 103,030 108,800 136,000 536,842 2040,00 1020,00 510,000 340,000 204,000 102,000 51,000 25,500 11,333 5,368 2,615
0.90 109,091 115,200 144,000 568,421 2160,00 1080,00 540,000 360,000 216,000 108,000 54,000 27,000 12,000 5,684 2,769
0.95 115,152 121,600 152,000 600,000 2280,00 1140,00 570,000 380,000 228,000 114,000 57,000 28,500 12,667 6,000 2,923
1.00 121,212 128,000 160,000 631,579 2400,00 1200,00 600,000 400,000 240,000 120,000 60,000 30,000 13,333 6,316 3,077
1.05 127,273 134,400 168,000 663,158 2520,00 1260,00 630,000 420,000 252,000 126,000 63,000 31,500 14,000 6,632 3,231
smART M-6279

11
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 5 Long inverse IEC curve
smART M-6279

12
Instruction Manual

I.1.6 VERY INVERSE SPECIAL IEC CURVE
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate
|
|
\
|
= A = 2,60 = 1 Tr = 21,2
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 1,071 1,131 1,413 5,579 2,600 1,300 0,650 0,433 0,260 0,130 0,065 0,033 0,014 0,007 0,003
0.06 1,285 1,357 1,696 6,695 3,120 1,560 0,780 0,520 0,312 0,156 0,078 0,039 0,017 0,008 0,004
0.07 1,499 1,583 1,979 7,811 3,640 1,820 0,910 0,607 0,364 0,182 0,091 0,046 0,020 0,010 0,005
0.08 1,713 1,809 2,261 8,926 4,160 2,080 1,040 0,693 0,416 0,208 0,104 0,052 0,023 0,011 0,005
0.09 1,927 2,035 2,544 10,042 4,680 2,340 1,170 0,780 0,468 0,234 0,117 0,059 0,026 0,012 0,006
0.10 2,141 2,261 2,827 11,158 5,200 2,600 1,300 0,867 0,520 0,260 0,130 0,065 0,029 0,014 0,007
0.11 2,356 2,487 3,109 12,274 5,720 2,860 1,430 0,953 0,572 0,286 0,143 0,072 0,032 0,015 0,007
0.12 2,570 2,714 3,392 13,389 6,240 3,120 1,560 1,040 0,624 0,312 0,156 0,078 0,035 0,016 0,008
0.13 2,784 2,940 3,675 14,505 6,760 3,380 1,690 1,127 0,676 0,338 0,169 0,085 0,038 0,018 0,009
0.14 2,998 3,166 3,957 15,621 7,280 3,640 1,820 1,213 0,728 0,364 0,182 0,091 0,040 0,019 0,009
0.15 3,212 3,392 4,240 16,737 7,800 3,900 1,950 1,300 0,780 0,390 0,195 0,098 0,043 0,021 0,010
0.16 3,426 3,618 4,523 17,853 8,320 4,160 2,080 1,387 0,832 0,416 0,208 0,104 0,046 0,022 0,011
0.17 3,640 3,844 4,805 18,968 8,840 4,420 2,210 1,473 0,884 0,442 0,221 0,111 0,049 0,023 0,011
0.18 3,855 4,070 5,088 20,084 9,360 4,680 2,340 1,560 0,936 0,468 0,234 0,117 0,052 0,025 0,012
0.19 4,069 4,297 5,371 21,200 9,880 4,940 2,470 1,647 0,988 0,494 0,247 0,124 0,055 0,026 0,013
0.20 4,283 4,523 5,653 22,316 10,400 5,200 2,600 1,733 1,040 0,520 0,260 0,130 0,058 0,027 0,013
0.25 5,354 5,653 7,067 27,895 13,000 6,500 3,250 2,167 1,300 0,650 0,325 0,163 0,072 0,034 0,017
0.30 6,424 6,784 8,480 33,474 15,600 7,800 3,900 2,600 1,560 0,780 0,390 0,195 0,087 0,041 0,020
0.35 7,495 7,915 9,893 39,053 18,200 9,100 4,550 3,033 1,820 0,910 0,455 0,228 0,101 0,048 0,023
0.40 8,566 9,045 11,307 44,632 20,800 10,400 5,200 3,467 2,080 1,040 0,520 0,260 0,116 0,055 0,027
0.45 9,636 10,176 12,720 50,211 23,400 11,700 5,850 3,900 2,340 1,170 0,585 0,293 0,130 0,062 0,030
0.50 10,707 11,307 14,133 55,789 26,000 13,000 6,500 4,333 2,600 1,300 0,650 0,325 0,144 0,068 0,033
0.55 11,778 12,437 15,547 61,368 28,600 14,300 7,150 4,767 2,860 1,430 0,715 0,358 0,159 0,075 0,037
0.60 12,848 13,568 16,960 66,947 31,200 15,600 7,800 5,200 3,120 1,560 0,780 0,390 0,173 0,082 0,040
0.65 13,919 14,699 18,373 72,526 33,800 16,900 8,450 5,633 3,380 1,690 0,845 0,423 0,188 0,089 0,043
0.70 14,990 15,829 19,787 78,105 36,400 18,200 9,100 6,067 3,640 1,820 0,910 0,455 0,202 0,096 0,047
0.75 16,061 16,960 21,200 83,684 39,000 19,500 9,750 6,500 3,900 1,950 0,975 0,488 0,217 0,103 0,050
0.80 17,131 18,091 22,613 89,263 41,600 20,800 10,400 6,933 4,160 2,080 1,040 0,520 0,231 0,109 0,053
0.85 18,202 19,221 24,027 94,842 44,200 22,100 11,050 7,367 4,420 2,210 1,105 0,553 0,246 0,116 0,057
0.90 19,273 20,352 25,440 100,421 46,800 23,400 11,700 7,800 4,680 2,340 1,170 0,585 0,260 0,123 0,060
0.95 20,343 21,483 26,853 106,000 49,400 24,700 12,350 8,233 4,940 2,470 1,235 0,618 0,274 0,130 0,063
1.00 21,414 22,613 28,267 111,579 52,000 26,000 13,000 8,667 5,200 2,600 1,300 0,650 0,289 0,137 0,067
1.05 22,485 23,744 29,680 117,158 54,600 27,300 13,650 9,100 5,460 2,730 1,365 0,683 0,303 0,144 0,070
smART M-6279

13
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 6 Very inverse special IEC curve
smART M-6279

14
Instruction Manual

I.2 ANSI CURVES
Types:
Normal Inverse.
Very Inverse.
Extremely Inverse.
Moderately Inverse

Genral equation:

(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+ =
3
0
2
0
0
operate
C
I
I
E
C
I
I
D
C
I
I
B
A M T
1
I
I
tr
* M T
2
o
dropout
|
|
\
|
=
where:
T
OPERATE
: trip time (seg)
T
DROPOUT
M: Time index. Valid range from 0.05 to 30.0 in steps of 0.1
I: Messured current
A, B, C, E, tr: Depending on the curve constants

Constants Norrm. Inverse Very Inverse Extrem. Inverse Moder. Inverse
A 0.0274 0.615 0.0399 0.1735
B 2.2614 0.7989 0.2294 0.6791
C 0.3000 0.3400 0.5000 0.8000
D -4.1899 -0.2840 3.0094 -0.0800
E 9.1272 4.0505 0.7222 0.1271
tr 0.99 4.678 6.008 1.2
Below are shown for each type of characteristic curves for the indexes 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.50, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, 10.0, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0,
12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0

smART M-6279

15
Instruction Manual

I.2.1 ANSI NORMAL INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+ =
3
0
2
0
0
operate
C
I
I
E
C
I
I
D
C
I
I
B
A M T
A = 0,0274 B = 2,2614 C= 0,30 D= -4,1899 E = 9,1272 Tr = 0,99
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 0,500 0,528 0,660 2,605 8,614 7,067 4,944 3,613 2,142 0,883 0,377 0,203 0,113 0,066 0,041
0,6 0,600 0,634 0,792 3,126 10,337 8,480 5,933 4,336 2,571 1,059 0,452 0,244 0,136 0,080 0,049
0,7 0,700 0,739 0,924 3,647 12,060 9,894 6,921 5,058 2,999 1,236 0,528 0,285 0,158 0,093 0,057
0,8 0,800 0,845 1,056 4,168 13,783 11,307 7,910 5,781 3,427 1,412 0,603 0,325 0,181 0,106 0,065
1,0 1,000 1,056 1,320 5,211 17,229 14,134 9,888 7,226 4,284 1,766 0,754 0,407 0,226 0,133 0,082
1,5 1,500 1,584 1,980 7,816 25,843 21,201 14,831 10,839 6,426 2,648 1,131 0,610 0,339 0,199 0,123
2,0 2,000 2,112 2,640 10,421 34,457 28,268 19,775 14,452 8,568 3,531 1,508 0,814 0,452 0,265 0,164
2,5 2,500 2,640 3,300 13,026 43,072 35,335 24,719 18,065 10,710 4,414 1,885 1,017 0,565 0,331 0,205
3,0 3,000 3,168 3,960 15,632 51,686 42,402 29,663 21,678 12,853 5,297 2,262 1,220 0,678 0,398 0,246
3,5 3,500 3,696 4,620 18,237 60,301 49,469 34,606 25,291 14,995 6,180 2,639 1,424 0,791 0,464 0,286
4,0 4,000 4,224 5,280 20,842 68,915 56,536 39,550 28,904 17,137 7,062 3,016 1,627 0,904 0,530 0,327
4,5 4,500 4,752 5,940 23,447 77,529 63,603 44,494 32,517 19,279 7,945 3,393 1,831 1,017 0,597 0,368
5,0 5,000 5,280 6,600 26,053 86,144 70,670 49,438 36,131 21,421 8,828 3,770 2,034 1,130 0,663 0,409
5,5 5,500 5,808 7,260 28,658 94,758 77,737 54,381 39,744 23,563 9,711 4,147 2,237 1,243 0,729 0,450
6,0 6,000 6,336 7,920 31,263 103,372 84,804 59,325 43,357 25,705 10,594 4,524 2,441 1,356 0,796 0,491
6,5 6,500 6,864 8,580 33,868 111,987 91,871 64,269 46,970 27,847 11,476 4,900 2,644 1,469 0,862 0,532
7,0 7,000 7,392 9,240 36,474 120,601 98,938 69,213 50,583 29,989 12,359 5,277 2,848 1,582 0,928 0,573
7,5 7,500 7,920 9,900 39,079 129,216 106,005 74,156 54,196 32,131 13,242 5,654 3,051 1,695 0,994 0,614
8,0 8,000 8,448 10,560 41,684 137,830 113,072 79,100 57,809 34,274 14,125 6,031 3,254 1,808 1,061 0,655
8,5 8,500 8,976 11,220 44,289 146,444 120,139 84,044 61,422 36,416 15,008 6,408 3,458 1,921 1,127 0,696
9,0 9,000 9,504 11,880 46,895 155,059 127,206 88,988 65,035 38,558 15,890 6,785 3,661 2,034 1,193 0,737
9,5 9,500 10,032 12,540 49,500 163,673 134,273 93,931 68,648 40,700 16,773 7,162 3,864 2,147 1,260 0,778
10,0 10,000 10,560 13,200 52,105 172,287 141,340 98,875 72,261 42,842 17,656 7,539 4,068 2,260 1,326 0,818
10,5 10,500 11,088 13,860 54,711 180,902 148,407 103,819 75,874 44,984 18,539 7,916 4,271 2,373 1,392 0,859
11,0 11,000 11,616 14,520 57,316 189,516 155,474 108,763 79,487 47,126 19,422 8,293 4,475 2,486 1,458 0,900
11,5 11,500 12,144 15,180 59,921 198,130 162,541 113,706 83,100 49,268 20,304 8,670 4,678 2,599 1,525 0,941
12,0 12,000 12,672 15,840 62,526 206,745 169,608 118,650 86,713 51,410 21,187 9,047 4,881 2,712 1,591 0,982
12,5 12,500 13,200 16,500 65,132 215,359 176,675 123,594 90,326 53,552 22,070 9,424 5,085 2,825 1,657 1,023
13,0 13,000 13,728 17,160 67,737 223,974 183,742 128,538 93,939 55,694 22,953 9,801 5,288 2,938 1,724 1,064
13,5 13,500 14,256 17,820 70,342 232,588 190,809 133,481 97,552 57,837 23,836 10,178 5,492 3,051 1,790 1,105
14,0 14,000 14,784 18,480 72,947 241,202 197,876 138,425 101,165 59,979 24,719 10,555 5,695 3,164 1,856 1,146
14,5 14,500 15,312 19,140 75,553 249,817 204,943 143,369 104,778 62,121 25,601 10,932 5,898 3,277 1,923 1,187
15,0 15,000 15,840 19,800 78,158 258,431 212,010 148,313 108,392 64,263 26,484 11,309 6,102 3,390 1,989 1,228
smART M-6279

16
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 7 Normal inverse ANSI curve
smART M-6279

17
Instruction Manual

I.2.2 ANSI VERY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+ =
3
0
2
0
0
operate
C
I
I
E
C
I
I
D
C
I
I
B
A M T
A = 0,615 B = 0,7989 C= 0,34 D= -0,2840 E = 4,0505 Tr = 4,678
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 2,363 2,495 3,119 12,311 6,247 5,201 3,764 2,859 1,844 0,939 0,545 0,407 0,350 0,328 0,318
0,6 2,835 2,994 3,742 14,773 7,496 6,241 4,517 3,430 2,213 1,127 0,654 0,488 0,419 0,393 0,381
0,7 3,308 3,493 4,366 17,235 8,746 7,281 5,270 4,002 2,581 1,315 0,763 0,569 0,489 0,459 0,445
0,8 3,780 3,992 4,990 19,697 9,995 8,321 6,022 4,574 2,950 1,503 0,872 0,651 0,559 0,524 0,508
1,0 4,725 4,990 6,237 24,621 12,494 10,402 7,528 5,717 3,688 1,879 1,090 0,813 0,699 0,655 0,635
1,5 7,088 7,485 9,356 36,932 18,741 15,602 11,292 8,576 5,531 2,818 1,636 1,220 1,049 0,983 0,953
2,0 9,451 9,980 12,475 49,242 24,988 20,803 15,056 11,434 7,375 3,757 2,181 1,627 1,398 1,311 1,270
2,5 11,813 12,475 15,593 61,553 31,235 26,004 18,820 14,293 9,219 4,697 2,726 2,033 1,748 1,639 1,588
3,0 14,176 14,970 18,712 73,863 37,482 31,205 22,584 17,152 11,063 5,636 3,271 2,440 2,097 1,966 1,905
3,5 16,538 17,465 21,831 86,174 43,729 36,406 26,348 20,010 12,907 6,575 3,816 2,847 2,447 2,294 2,223
4,0 18,901 19,959 24,949 98,484 49,976 41,607 30,112 22,869 14,751 7,515 4,362 3,254 2,797 2,622 2,540
4,5 21,264 22,454 28,068 110,795 56,223 46,807 33,877 25,728 16,594 8,454 4,907 3,660 3,146 2,949 2,858
5,0 23,626 24,949 31,187 123,105 62,469 52,008 37,641 28,586 18,438 9,393 5,452 4,067 3,496 3,277 3,175
5,5 25,989 27,444 34,305 135,416 68,716 57,209 41,405 31,445 20,282 10,333 5,997 4,474 3,845 3,605 3,493
6,0 28,352 29,939 37,424 147,726 74,963 62,410 45,169 34,303 22,126 11,272 6,542 4,880 4,195 3,933 3,810
6,5 30,714 32,434 40,543 160,037 81,210 67,611 48,933 37,162 23,970 12,212 7,088 5,287 4,544 4,260 4,128
7,0 33,077 34,929 43,661 172,347 87,457 72,812 52,697 40,021 25,813 13,151 7,633 5,694 4,894 4,588 4,445
7,5 35,439 37,424 46,780 184,658 93,704 78,012 56,461 42,879 27,657 14,090 8,178 6,100 5,244 4,916 4,763
8,0 37,802 39,919 49,899 196,968 99,951 83,213 60,225 45,738 29,501 15,030 8,723 6,507 5,593 5,243 5,080
8,5 40,165 42,414 53,017 209,279 106,198 88,414 63,989 48,596 31,345 15,969 9,268 6,914 5,943 5,571 5,398
9,0 42,527 44,909 56,136 221,589 112,445 93,615 67,753 51,455 33,189 16,908 9,814 7,320 6,292 5,899 5,715
9,5 44,890 47,404 59,255 233,900 118,692 98,816 71,517 54,314 35,033 17,848 10,359 7,727 6,642 6,227 6,033
10,0 47,253 49,899 62,373 246,211 124,939 104,017 75,281 57,172 36,876 18,787 10,904 8,134 6,992 6,554 6,350
10,5 49,615 52,394 65,492 258,521 131,186 109,217 79,045 60,031 38,720 19,726 11,449 8,541 7,341 6,882 6,668
11,0 51,978 54,889 68,611 270,832 137,433 114,418 82,809 62,890 40,564 20,666 11,995 8,947 7,691 7,210 6,985
11,5 54,340 57,383 71,729 283,142 143,680 119,619 86,573 65,748 42,408 21,605 12,540 9,354 8,040 7,537 7,303
12,0 56,703 59,878 74,848 295,453 149,927 124,820 90,337 68,607 44,252 22,544 13,085 9,761 8,390 7,865 7,620
12,5 59,066 62,373 77,967 307,763 156,174 130,021 94,101 71,465 46,095 23,484 13,630 10,167 8,739 8,193 7,938
13,0 61,428 64,868 81,085 320,074 162,421 135,221 97,865 74,324 47,939 24,423 14,175 10,574 9,089 8,521 8,255
13,5 63,791 67,363 84,204 332,384 168,668 140,422 101,630 77,183 49,783 25,362 14,721 10,981 9,439 8,848 8,573
14,0 66,154 69,858 87,323 344,695 174,914 145,623 105,394 80,041 51,627 26,302 15,266 11,387 9,788 9,176 8,890
14,5 68,516 72,353 90,441 357,005 181,161 150,824 109,158 82,900 53,471 27,241 15,811 11,794 10,138 9,504 9,208
15,0 70,879 74,848 93,560 369,316 187,408 156,025 112,922 85,758 55,314 28,180 16,356 12,201 10,487 9,832 9,525
smART M-6279

18
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 8 Very inverse ANSI curve
smART M-6279

19
Instruction Manual

I.2.3 ANSI EXTREMELY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+ =
3
0
2
0
0
operate
C
I
I
E
C
I
I
D
C
I
I
B
A M T
A = 0,0399 B = 0,2294 C= 0,5 D= 3,0094 E = 0,7222 Tr = 6,008
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 3,034 3,204 4,005 15,811 7,373 6,063 4,307 3,220 2,000 0,872 0,330 0,124 0,049 0,030 0,024
0,6 3,641 3,845 4,806 18,973 8,848 7,275 5,169 3,864 2,401 1,047 0,396 0,148 0,059 0,036 0,029
0,7 4,248 4,486 5,607 22,135 10,322 8,488 6,030 4,508 2,801 1,221 0,462 0,173 0,069 0,042 0,033
0,8 4,855 5,127 6,409 25,297 11,797 9,700 6,892 5,152 3,201 1,395 0,528 0,198 0,079 0,048 0,038
1,0 6,069 6,409 8,011 31,621 14,746 12,125 8,615 6,439 4,001 1,744 0,659 0,247 0,098 0,060 0,048
1,5 9,103 9,613 12,016 47,432 22,119 18,188 12,922 9,659 6,001 2,616 0,989 0,371 0,147 0,090 0,071
2,0 12,137 12,817 16,021 63,242 29,492 24,250 17,230 12,879 8,002 3,489 1,319 0,495 0,196 0,119 0,095
2,5 15,172 16,021 20,027 79,053 36,866 30,313 21,537 16,098 10,002 4,361 1,648 0,619 0,246 0,149 0,119
3,0 18,206 19,226 24,032 94,863 44,239 36,376 25,844 19,318 12,003 5,233 1,978 0,742 0,295 0,179 0,143
3,5 21,240 22,430 28,037 110,674 51,612 42,438 30,152 22,538 14,003 6,105 2,308 0,866 0,344 0,209 0,167
4,0 24,275 25,634 32,043 126,484 58,985 48,501 34,459 25,758 16,004 6,977 2,638 0,990 0,393 0,239 0,191
4,5 27,309 28,838 36,048 142,295 66,358 54,563 38,767 28,977 18,004 7,849 2,967 1,113 0,442 0,269 0,214
5,0 30,343 32,043 40,053 158,105 73,731 60,626 43,074 32,197 20,005 8,722 3,297 1,237 0,491 0,298 0,238
5,5 33,378 35,247 44,059 173,916 81,104 66,689 47,381 35,417 22,005 9,594 3,627 1,361 0,540 0,328 0,262
6,0 36,412 38,451 48,064 189,726 88,477 72,751 51,689 38,636 24,005 10,466 3,956 1,484 0,589 0,358 0,286
6,5 39,446 41,655 52,069 205,537 95,850 78,814 55,996 41,856 26,006 11,338 4,286 1,608 0,639 0,388 0,310
7,0 42,481 44,860 56,075 221,347 103,224 84,876 60,304 45,076 28,006 12,210 4,616 1,732 0,688 0,418 0,334
7,5 45,515 48,064 60,080 237,158 110,597 90,939 64,611 48,295 30,007 13,082 4,945 1,856 0,737 0,448 0,357
8,0 48,549 51,268 64,085 252,968 117,970 97,002 68,918 51,515 32,007 13,955 5,275 1,979 0,786 0,477 0,381
8,5 51,584 54,473 68,091 268,779 125,343 103,064 73,226 54,735 34,008 14,827 5,605 2,103 0,835 0,507 0,405
9,0 54,618 57,677 72,096 284,589 132,716 109,127 77,533 57,954 36,008 15,699 5,934 2,227 0,884 0,537 0,429
9,5 57,653 60,881 76,101 300,400 140,089 115,189 81,840 61,174 38,009 16,571 6,264 2,350 0,933 0,567 0,453
10,0 60,687 64,085 80,107 316,211 147,462 121,252 86,148 64,394 40,009 17,443 6,594 2,474 0,982 0,597 0,476
10,5 63,721 67,290 84,112 332,021 154,835 127,315 90,455 67,614 42,009 18,315 6,924 2,598 1,031 0,627 0,500
11,0 66,756 70,494 88,117 347,832 162,208 133,377 94,763 70,833 44,010 19,188 7,253 2,722 1,081 0,656 0,524
11,5 69,790 73,698 92,123 363,642 169,581 139,440 99,070 74,053 46,010 20,060 7,583 2,845 1,130 0,686 0,548
12,0 72,824 76,902 96,128 379,453 176,955 145,502 103,377 77,273 48,011 20,932 7,913 2,969 1,179 0,716 0,572
12,5 75,859 80,107 100,133 395,263 184,328 151,565 107,685 80,492 50,011 21,804 8,242 3,093 1,228 0,746 0,596
13,0 78,893 83,311 104,139 411,074 191,701 157,628 111,992 83,712 52,012 22,676 8,572 3,216 1,277 0,776 0,619
13,5 81,927 86,515 108,144 426,884 199,074 163,690 116,300 86,932 54,012 23,548 8,902 3,340 1,326 0,806 0,643
14,0 84,962 89,719 112,149 442,695 206,447 169,753 120,607 90,151 56,013 24,421 9,231 3,464 1,375 0,835 0,667
14,5 87,996 92,924 116,155 458,505 213,820 175,815 124,914 93,371 58,013 25,293 9,561 3,588 1,424 0,865 0,691
15,0 91,030 96,128 120,160 474,316 221,193 181,878 129,222 96,591 60,014 26,165 9,891 3,711 1,474 0,895 0,715
smART M-6279

20
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 9 Extremely inverse ANSI curve
smART M-6279

21
Instruction Manual

I.2.4 ANSI MODERATELY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+
|
|
\
|
+ =
3
0
2
0
0
operate
C
I
I
E
C
I
I
D
C
I
I
B
A M T
A = 0,1735 B = 0,6791 C= 0,8 D= -0,080 E = 0,1271 Tr = 1,2
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 0,606 0,640 0,800 3,158 4,872 3,128 1,679 1,114 0,675 0,379 0,239 0,166 0,123 0,104 0,095
0,6 0,727 0,768 0,960 3,789 5,847 3,753 2,014 1,337 0,811 0,454 0,287 0,199 0,148 0,125 0,114
0,7 0,848 0,896 1,120 4,421 6,821 4,379 2,350 1,560 0,946 0,530 0,334 0,233 0,173 0,146 0,134
0,8 0,970 1,024 1,280 5,053 7,795 5,005 2,686 1,783 1,081 0,606 0,382 0,266 0,197 0,167 0,153
1,0 1,212 1,280 1,600 6,316 9,744 6,256 3,357 2,229 1,351 0,757 0,478 0,332 0,247 0,209 0,191
1,5 1,818 1,920 2,400 9,474 14,616 9,384 5,036 3,343 2,026 1,136 0,716 0,499 0,370 0,313 0,286
2,0 2,424 2,560 3,200 12,632 19,489 12,511 6,714 4,457 2,702 1,515 0,955 0,665 0,493 0,417 0,382
2,5 3,030 3,200 4,000 15,789 24,361 15,639 8,393 5,571 3,377 1,894 1,194 0,831 0,616 0,522 0,477
3,0 3,636 3,840 4,800 18,947 29,233 18,767 10,072 6,685 4,053 2,272 1,433 0,997 0,740 0,626 0,572
3,5 4,242 4,480 5,600 22,105 34,105 21,895 11,750 7,800 4,728 2,651 1,672 1,163 0,863 0,730 0,668
4,0 4,848 5,120 6,400 25,263 38,977 25,023 13,429 8,914 5,404 3,030 1,910 1,329 0,986 0,835 0,763
4,5 5,455 5,760 7,200 28,421 43,849 28,151 15,107 10,028 6,079 3,408 2,149 1,496 1,109 0,939 0,858
5,0 6,061 6,400 8,000 31,579 48,722 31,278 16,786 11,143 6,755 3,787 2,388 1,662 1,233 1,043 0,954
5,5 6,667 7,040 8,800 34,737 53,594 34,406 18,465 12,257 7,430 4,166 2,627 1,828 1,356 1,148 1,049
6,0 7,273 7,680 9,600 37,895 58,466 37,534 20,143 13,371 8,106 4,544 2,866 1,994 1,479 1,252 1,145
6,5 7,879 8,320 10,400 41,053 63,338 40,662 21,822 14,485 8,781 4,923 3,104 2,160 1,602 1,356 1,240
7,0 8,485 8,960 11,200 44,211 68,210 43,790 23,500 15,600 9,457 5,302 3,343 2,327 1,726 1,461 1,335
7,5 9,091 9,600 12,000 47,368 73,082 46,918 25,179 16,714 10,132 5,681 3,582 2,493 1,849 1,565 1,431
8,0 9,697 10,240 12,800 50,526 77,954 50,045 26,858 17,828 10,807 6,059 3,821 2,659 1,972 1,669 1,526
8,5 10,303 10,880 13,600 53,684 82,827 53,173 28,536 18,942 11,483 6,438 4,060 2,825 2,096 1,774 1,622
9,0 10,909 11,520 14,400 56,842 87,699 56,301 30,215 20,057 12,158 6,817 4,298 2,991 2,219 1,878 1,717
9,5 11,515 12,160 15,200 60,000 92,571 59,429 31,893 21,171 12,834 7,195 4,537 3,158 2,342 1,982 1,812
10,0 12,121 12,800 16,000 63,158 97,443 62,557 33,572 22,285 13,509 7,574 4,776 3,324 2,465 2,087 1,908
10,5 12,727 13,440 16,800 66,316 102,315 65,685 35,250 23,399 14,185 7,953 5,015 3,490 2,589 2,191 2,003
11,0 13,333 14,080 17,600 69,474 107,187 68,813 36,929 24,514 14,860 8,332 5,253 3,656 2,712 2,295 2,099
11,5 13,939 14,720 18,400 72,632 112,059 71,940 38,608 25,628 15,536 8,710 5,492 3,822 2,835 2,400 2,194
12,0 14,545 15,360 19,200 75,789 116,932 75,068 40,286 26,742 16,211 9,089 5,731 3,988 2,958 2,504 2,289
12,5 15,152 16,000 20,000 78,947 121,804 78,196 41,965 27,856 16,887 9,468 5,970 4,155 3,082 2,608 2,385
13,0 15,758 16,640 20,800 82,105 126,676 81,324 43,643 28,971 17,562 9,846 6,209 4,321 3,205 2,713 2,480
13,5 16,364 17,280 21,600 85,263 131,548 84,452 45,322 30,085 18,238 10,225 6,447 4,487 3,328 2,817 2,575
14,0 16,970 17,920 22,400 88,421 136,420 87,580 47,001 31,199 18,913 10,604 6,686 4,653 3,451 2,921 2,671
14,5 17,576 18,560 23,200 91,579 141,292 90,707 48,679 32,313 19,589 10,983 6,925 4,819 3,575 3,026 2,766
15,0 18,182 19,200 24,000 94,737 146,165 93,835 50,358 33,428 20,264 11,361 7,164 4,986 3,698 3,130 2,862
smART M-6279

22
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 10 Moderately inverse ANSI curve
smART M-6279

23
Instruction Manual

I.3 US CURVES
Types:
U1. Moderately inverse.
U2. Inverse
U3. Very inverse
U4. Extremely inverse
U5. Short time inverse

General equation:

(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

1
I
I
tr
* M T
2
o
dropout
|
|
\
|
=

where:
T
OPERATE
: trip time (seg)
T
DROPOUT
M: Time index. Valid range from 0.5 to 15 in steps of 0.1
I: Messured current
A, B, , tr: Depending on the curve constants

Constants U1 U2 U3 U4 U5
A 0,0104 5,95 3,88 5,67 0,00342
B 0,0226 0,18 0,0963 0,0352 0,00262

0,02 2 2 2 0,02
Tr 1.08 5,95 3.88 5,67 0,323
Below are shown for each type of characteristic curves for the indexes 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.50, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, 10.0, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0,
12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0

smART M-6279

24
Instruction Manual

I.3.1 U1. MODERATELY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

A = 0,0104 B = 0,0226 = 0,02 Tr = 1,08
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 0,545 0,576 0,720 2,842 5,338 2,737 1,435 1,000 0,650 0,384 0,245 0,170 0,122 0,096 0,079
0,6 0,655 0,691 0,864 3,411 6,405 3,284 1,722 1,200 0,780 0,461 0,294 0,204 0,146 0,115 0,095
0,7 0,764 0,806 1,008 3,979 7,473 3,831 2,009 1,400 0,910 0,537 0,344 0,238 0,170 0,134 0,111
0,8 0,873 0,922 1,152 4,547 8,540 4,379 2,296 1,600 1,040 0,614 0,393 0,272 0,195 0,153 0,127
1,0 1,091 1,152 1,440 5,684 10,675 5,473 2,870 1,999 1,300 0,768 0,491 0,341 0,243 0,191 0,158
1,5 1,636 1,728 2,160 8,526 16,013 8,210 4,304 2,999 1,950 1,151 0,736 0,511 0,365 0,287 0,238
2,0 2,182 2,304 2,880 11,368 21,351 10,947 5,739 3,999 2,600 1,535 0,981 0,681 0,487 0,382 0,317
2,5 2,727 2,880 3,600 14,211 26,688 13,683 7,174 4,998 3,250 1,919 1,227 0,851 0,608 0,478 0,396
3,0 3,273 3,456 4,320 17,053 32,026 16,420 8,609 5,998 3,900 2,303 1,472 1,022 0,730 0,573 0,475
3,5 3,818 4,032 5,040 19,895 37,364 19,156 10,043 6,998 4,550 2,687 1,718 1,192 0,851 0,669 0,554
4,0 4,364 4,608 5,760 22,737 42,701 21,893 11,478 7,998 5,200 3,070 1,963 1,362 0,973 0,764 0,634
4,5 4,909 5,184 6,480 25,579 48,039 24,630 12,913 8,997 5,849 3,454 2,208 1,532 1,095 0,860 0,713
5,0 5,455 5,760 7,200 28,421 53,376 27,366 14,348 9,997 6,499 3,838 2,454 1,703 1,216 0,955 0,792
5,5 6,000 6,336 7,920 31,263 58,714 30,103 15,782 10,997 7,149 4,222 2,699 1,873 1,338 1,051 0,871
6,0 6,545 6,912 8,640 34,105 64,052 32,840 17,217 11,996 7,799 4,606 2,944 2,043 1,460 1,146 0,951
6,5 7,091 7,488 9,360 36,947 69,389 35,576 18,652 12,996 8,449 4,989 3,190 2,213 1,581 1,242 1,030
7,0 7,636 8,064 10,080 39,789 74,727 38,313 20,087 13,996 9,099 5,373 3,435 2,384 1,703 1,337 1,109
7,5 8,182 8,640 10,800 42,632 80,065 41,050 21,521 14,995 9,749 5,757 3,681 2,554 1,825 1,433 1,188
8,0 8,727 9,216 11,520 45,474 85,402 43,786 22,956 15,995 10,399 6,141 3,926 2,724 1,946 1,528 1,267
8,5 9,273 9,792 12,240 48,316 90,740 46,523 24,391 16,995 11,049 6,525 4,171 2,894 2,068 1,624 1,347
9,0 9,818 10,368 12,960 51,158 96,078 49,259 25,826 17,994 11,699 6,909 4,417 3,065 2,189 1,719 1,426
9,5 10,364 10,944 13,680 54,000 101,415 51,996 27,260 18,994 12,349 7,292 4,662 3,235 2,311 1,815 1,505
10,0 10,909 11,520 14,400 56,842 106,753 54,733 28,695 19,994 12,999 7,676 4,907 3,405 2,433 1,910 1,584
10,5 11,455 12,096 15,120 59,684 112,091 57,469 30,130 20,994 13,649 8,060 5,153 3,575 2,554 2,006 1,663
11,0 12,000 12,672 15,840 62,526 117,428 60,206 31,565 21,993 14,299 8,444 5,398 3,746 2,676 2,101 1,743
11,5 12,545 13,248 16,560 65,368 122,766 62,943 32,999 22,993 14,949 8,828 5,644 3,916 2,798 2,197 1,822
12,0 13,091 13,824 17,280 68,211 128,103 65,679 34,434 23,993 15,599 9,211 5,889 4,086 2,919 2,292 1,901
12,5 13,636 14,400 18,000 71,053 133,441 68,416 35,869 24,992 16,249 9,595 6,134 4,257 3,041 2,388 1,980
13,0 14,182 14,976 18,720 73,895 138,779 71,153 37,304 25,992 16,899 9,979 6,380 4,427 3,163 2,483 2,060
13,5 14,727 15,552 19,440 76,737 144,116 73,889 38,738 26,992 17,548 10,363 6,625 4,597 3,284 2,579 2,139
14,0 15,273 16,128 20,160 79,579 149,454 76,626 40,173 27,991 18,198 10,747 6,870 4,767 3,406 2,674 2,218
14,5 15,818 16,704 20,880 82,421 154,792 79,362 41,608 28,991 18,848 11,130 7,116 4,938 3,527 2,770 2,297
15,0 16,364 17,280 21,600 85,263 160,129 82,099 43,043 29,991 19,498 11,514 7,361 5,108 3,649 2,865 2,376
smART M-6279

25
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 11 U1. Moderately inverse US curve
smART M-6279

26
Instruction Manual

I.3.2 U2. INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

A = 5,95 B = 0,18 = 2 Tr = 5,95
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 3,005 3,173 3,967 15,658 29,114 14,257 6,851 4,402 2,470 1,082 0,462 0,214 0,120 0,097 0,092
0,6 3,606 3,808 4,760 18,789 34,937 17,108 8,222 5,282 2,964 1,298 0,554 0,257 0,144 0,117 0,110
0,7 4,207 4,443 5,553 21,921 40,760 19,959 9,592 6,162 3,458 1,514 0,647 0,300 0,168 0,136 0,129
0,8 4,808 5,077 6,347 25,053 46,583 22,811 10,962 7,043 3,952 1,731 0,739 0,342 0,192 0,156 0,147
1,0 6,010 6,347 7,933 31,316 58,229 28,513 13,703 8,803 4,940 2,163 0,924 0,428 0,240 0,195 0,184
1,5 9,015 9,520 11,900 46,974 87,343 42,770 20,554 13,205 7,410 3,245 1,386 0,642 0,360 0,292 0,276
2,0 12,020 12,693 15,867 62,632 116,458 57,027 27,405 17,606 9,880 4,327 1,848 0,856 0,480 0,390 0,367
2,5 15,025 15,867 19,833 78,289 145,572 71,283 34,257 22,008 12,350 5,408 2,309 1,070 0,600 0,487 0,459
3,0 18,030 19,040 23,800 93,947 174,686 85,540 41,108 26,410 14,820 6,490 2,771 1,284 0,720 0,585 0,551
3,5 21,035 22,213 27,767 109,605 203,801 99,797 47,960 30,811 17,290 7,572 3,233 1,498 0,840 0,682 0,643
4,0 24,040 25,387 31,733 125,263 232,915 114,053 54,811 35,213 19,760 8,653 3,695 1,712 0,960 0,780 0,735
4,5 27,045 28,560 35,700 140,921 262,030 128,310 61,662 39,614 22,230 9,735 4,157 1,926 1,080 0,877 0,827
5,0 30,051 31,733 39,667 156,579 291,144 142,567 68,514 44,016 24,700 10,817 4,619 2,140 1,201 0,975 0,919
5,5 33,056 34,907 43,633 172,237 320,258 156,823 75,365 48,418 27,170 11,898 5,081 2,354 1,321 1,072 1,010
6,0 36,061 38,080 47,600 187,895 349,373 171,080 82,216 52,819 29,640 12,980 5,543 2,568 1,441 1,169 1,102
6,5 39,066 41,253 51,567 203,553 378,487 185,337 89,068 57,221 32,110 14,062 6,004 2,781 1,561 1,267 1,194
7,0 42,071 44,427 55,533 219,211 407,601 199,593 95,919 61,622 34,580 15,143 6,466 2,995 1,681 1,364 1,286
7,5 45,076 47,600 59,500 234,868 436,716 213,850 102,770 66,024 37,050 16,225 6,928 3,209 1,801 1,462 1,378
8,0 48,081 50,773 63,467 250,526 465,830 228,107 109,622 70,426 39,520 17,307 7,390 3,423 1,921 1,559 1,470
8,5 51,086 53,947 67,433 266,184 494,945 242,363 116,473 74,827 41,990 18,388 7,852 3,637 2,041 1,657 1,562
9,0 54,091 57,120 71,400 281,842 524,059 256,620 123,325 79,229 44,460 19,470 8,314 3,851 2,161 1,754 1,653
9,5 57,096 60,293 75,367 297,500 553,173 270,877 130,176 83,630 46,930 20,552 8,776 4,065 2,281 1,852 1,745
10,0 60,101 63,467 79,333 313,158 582,288 285,133 137,027 88,032 49,400 21,633 9,238 4,279 2,401 1,949 1,837
10,5 63,106 66,640 83,300 328,816 611,402 299,390 143,879 92,433 51,870 22,715 9,699 4,493 2,521 2,047 1,929
11,0 66,111 69,813 87,267 344,474 640,517 313,647 150,730 96,835 54,340 23,797 10,161 4,707 2,641 2,144 2,021
11,5 69,116 72,987 91,233 360,132 669,631 327,903 157,581 101,237 56,810 24,878 10,623 4,921 2,761 2,241 2,113
12,0 72,121 76,160 95,200 375,789 698,745 342,160 164,433 105,638 59,280 25,960 11,085 5,135 2,881 2,339 2,205
12,5 75,126 79,333 99,167 391,447 727,860 356,417 171,284 110,040 61,750 27,042 11,547 5,349 3,001 2,436 2,297
13,0 78,131 82,507 103,133 407,105 756,974 370,673 178,135 114,441 64,220 28,123 12,009 5,563 3,121 2,534 2,388
13,5 81,136 85,680 107,100 422,763 786,089 384,930 184,987 118,843 66,690 29,205 12,471 5,777 3,241 2,631 2,480
14,0 84,141 88,853 111,067 438,421 815,203 399,187 191,838 123,245 69,160 30,287 12,933 5,991 3,361 2,729 2,572
14,5 87,146 92,027 115,033 454,079 844,317 413,443 198,690 127,646 71,630 31,368 13,394 6,205 3,481 2,826 2,664
15,0 90,152 95,200 119,000 469,737 873,432 427,700 205,541 132,048 74,100 32,450 13,856 6,419 3,602 2,924 2,756
smART M-6279

27
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 12 U2. Inverse US curve
smART M-6279

28
Instruction Manual

I.3.3 U3. VERY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

A = 3,88 B = 0,0963 = 2 Tr = 3,88
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 1,960 2,069 2,587 10,211
18,975 9,286 4,457 2,860 1,600 0,695 0,291 0,129 0,068 0,053 0,049
0,6 2,352 2,483 3,104 12,253
22,770 11,143 5,349 3,432 1,920 0,834 0,349 0,155 0,081 0,064 0,059
0,7 2,743 2,897 3,621 14,295
26,565 13,001 6,240 4,004 2,240 0,973 0,407 0,181 0,095 0,074 0,069
0,8 3,135 3,311 4,139 16,337
30,360 14,858 7,132 4,576 2,560 1,112 0,465 0,206 0,108 0,085 0,079
1,0 3,919 4,139 5,173 20,421
37,950 18,572 8,914 5,719 3,200 1,390 0,581 0,258 0,135 0,106 0,099
1,5 5,879 6,208 7,760 30,632
56,925 27,859 13,372 8,579 4,800 2,084 0,872 0,387 0,203 0,159 0,148
2,0 7,838 8,277 10,347 40,842
75,900 37,145 17,829 11,439 6,401 2,779 1,163 0,516 0,271 0,212 0,197
2,5 9,798 10,347 12,933 51,053
94,875 46,431 22,286 14,299 8,001 3,474 1,453 0,645 0,339 0,265 0,247
3,0 11,758 12,416 15,520 61,263
113,850 55,717 26,743 17,158 9,601 4,169 1,744 0,774 0,406 0,318 0,296
3,5 13,717 14,485 18,107 71,474
132,825 65,004 31,201 20,018 11,201 4,864 2,035 0,903 0,474 0,371 0,346
4,0 15,677 16,555 20,693 81,684
151,800 74,290 35,658 22,878 12,801 5,559 2,325 1,032 0,542 0,424 0,395
4,5 17,636 18,624 23,280 91,895
170,775 83,576 40,115 25,738 14,401 6,253 2,616 1,161 0,610 0,477 0,444
5,0 19,596 20,693 25,867 102,105
189,750 92,862 44,572 28,597 16,002 6,948 2,907 1,290 0,677 0,530 0,494
5,5 21,556 22,763 28,453 112,316
208,725 102,149 49,030 31,457 17,602 7,643 3,197 1,419 0,745 0,583 0,543
6,0 23,515 24,832 31,040 122,526
227,700 111,435 53,487 34,317 19,202 8,338 3,488 1,548 0,813 0,636 0,592
6,5 25,475 26,901 33,627 132,737
246,675 120,721 57,944 37,177 20,802 9,033 3,778 1,677 0,881 0,689 0,642
7,0 27,434 28,971 36,213 142,947
265,650 130,007 62,401 40,036 22,402 9,727 4,069 1,806 0,948 0,742 0,691
7,5 29,394 31,040 38,800 153,158
284,625 139,294 66,859 42,896 24,002 10,422 4,360 1,935 1,016 0,795 0,740
8,0 31,354 33,109 41,387 163,368
303,600 148,580 71,316 45,756 25,602 11,117 4,650 2,064 1,084 0,848 0,790
8,5 33,313 35,179 43,973 173,579
322,575 157,866 75,773 48,616 27,203 11,812 4,941 2,193 1,152 0,901 0,839
9,0 35,273 37,248 46,560 183,789
341,550 167,152 80,230 51,475 28,803 12,507 5,232 2,322 1,219 0,954 0,889
9,5 37,232 39,317 49,147 194,000
360,525 176,439 84,688 54,335 30,403 13,202 5,522 2,451 1,287 1,007 0,938
10,0 39,192 41,387 51,733 204,211
379,500 185,725 89,145 57,195 32,003 13,896 5,813 2,580 1,355 1,060 0,987
10,5 41,152 43,456 54,320 214,421
398,475 195,011 93,602 60,055 33,603 14,591 6,104 2,709 1,423 1,113 1,037
11,0 43,111 45,525 56,907 224,632
417,450 204,297 98,059 62,914 35,203 15,286 6,394 2,838 1,490 1,166 1,086
11,5 45,071 47,595 59,493 234,842
436,425 213,584 102,517 65,774 36,803 15,981 6,685 2,967 1,558 1,219 1,135
12,0 47,030 49,664 62,080 245,053
455,400 222,870 106,974 68,634 38,404 16,676 6,976 3,096 1,626 1,272 1,185
12,5 48,990 51,733 64,667 255,263
474,374 232,156 111,431 71,494 40,004 17,370 7,266 3,225 1,694 1,325 1,234
13,0 50,949 53,803 67,253 265,474
493,349 241,442 115,888 74,353 41,604 18,065 7,557 3,354 1,761 1,378 1,283
13,5 52,909 55,872 69,840 275,684
512,324 250,729 120,346 77,213 43,204 18,760 7,848 3,483 1,829 1,431 1,333
14,0 54,869 57,941 72,427 285,895
531,299 260,015 124,803 80,073 44,804 19,455 8,138 3,612 1,897 1,484 1,382
14,5 56,828 60,011 75,013 296,105
550,274 269,301 129,260 82,933 46,404 20,150 8,429 3,741 1,965 1,537 1,432
15,0 58,788 62,080 77,600 306,316
569,249 278,587 133,717 85,792 48,005 20,845 8,720 3,870 2,032 1,590 1,481
smART M-6279

29
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 13 U3. Very inverse US curve
smART M-6279

30
Instruction Manual

I.3.4 U4. EXTREMELY INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

A = 5,67 B = 0,0352 = 2 Tr = 5,67
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5 2,864 3,024 3,780 14,921 27,676 13,518 6,461 4,126 2,286 0,963 0,372 0,136 0,046 0,025 0,019
0,6 3,436 3,629 4,536 17,905 33,211 16,221 7,753 4,952 2,743 1,155 0,446 0,163 0,055 0,030 0,023
0,7 4,009 4,234 5,292 20,889 38,747 18,925 9,045 5,777 3,200 1,348 0,521 0,190 0,065 0,035 0,027
0,8 4,582 4,838 6,048 23,874 44,282 21,628 10,337 6,602 3,657 1,540 0,595 0,217 0,074 0,040 0,031
1,0 5,727 6,048 7,560 29,842
55,352 27,035 12,922 8,253 4,571 1,925 0,744 0,271 0,092 0,049
0,039
1,5 8,591 9,072 11,340 44,763
83,028 40,553 19,382 12,379 6,857 2,888 1,116 0,407 0,139 0,074 0,058
2,0 11,455 12,096 15,120 59,684
110,705 54,070 25,843 16,505 9,142 3,850 1,488 0,543 0,185 0,099 0,077
2,5 14,318 15,120 18,900 74,605
138,381 67,588 32,304 20,631 11,428 4,813 1,860 0,679 0,231 0,124 0,097
3,0 17,182 18,144 22,680 89,526
166,057 81,106 38,765 24,758 13,714 5,776 2,232 0,814 0,277 0,148 0,116
3,5 20,045 21,168 26,460 104,447
193,733 94,623 45,225 28,884 15,999 6,738 2,604 0,950 0,324 0,173 0,136
4,0 22,909 24,192 30,240 119,368
221,409 108,141 51,686 33,010 18,285 7,701 2,976 1,086 0,370 0,198 0,155
4,5 25,773 27,216 34,020 134,289
249,085 121,658 58,147 37,137 20,570 8,663 3,348 1,222 0,416 0,222 0,174
5,0 28,636 30,240 37,800 149,211
276,761 135,176 64,608 41,263 22,856 9,626 3,720 1,357 0,462 0,247 0,194
5,5 31,500 33,264 41,580 164,132
304,438 148,694 71,069 45,389 25,142 10,589 4,092 1,493 0,509 0,272 0,213
6,0 34,364 36,288 45,360 179,053
332,114 162,211 77,529 49,516 27,427 11,551 4,464 1,629 0,555 0,296 0,232
6,5 37,227 39,312 49,140 193,974
359,790 175,729 83,990 53,642 29,713 12,514 4,836 1,764 0,601 0,321 0,252
7,0 40,091 42,336 52,920 208,895
387,466 189,246 90,451 57,768 31,998 13,476 5,208 1,900 0,647 0,346 0,271
7,5 42,955 45,360 56,700 223,816
415,142 202,764 96,912 61,894 34,284 14,439 5,580 2,036 0,694 0,371 0,291
8,0 45,818 48,384 60,480 238,737
442,818 216,282 103,373 66,021 36,570 15,402 5,952 2,172 0,740 0,395 0,310
8,5 48,682 51,408 64,260 253,658
470,494 229,799 109,833 70,147 38,855 16,364 6,324 2,307 0,786 0,420 0,329
9,0 51,545 54,432 68,040 268,579
498,170 243,317 116,294 74,273 41,141 17,327 6,696 2,443 0,832 0,445 0,349
9,5 54,409 57,456 71,820 283,500
525,847 256,834 122,755 78,400 43,426 18,289 7,068 2,579 0,878 0,469 0,368
10,0 57,273 60,480 75,600 298,421
553,523 270,352 129,216 82,526 45,712 19,252 7,440 2,715 0,925 0,494 0,387
10,5 60,136 63,504 79,380 313,342
581,199 283,870 135,676 86,652 47,998 20,215 7,811 2,850 0,971 0,519 0,407
11,0 63,000 66,528 83,160 328,263
608,875 297,387 142,137 90,779 50,283 21,177 8,183 2,986 1,017 0,544 0,426
11,5 65,864 69,552 86,940 343,184
636,551 310,905 148,598 94,905 52,569 22,140 8,555 3,122 1,063 0,568 0,446
12,0 68,727 72,576 90,720 358,105
664,227 324,422 155,059 99,031 54,854 23,102 8,927 3,257 1,110 0,593 0,465
12,5 71,591 75,600 94,500 373,026
691,903 337,940 161,520 103,157 57,140 24,065 9,299 3,393 1,156 0,618 0,484
13,0 74,455 78,624 98,280 387,947
719,580 351,458 167,980 107,284 59,426 25,028 9,671 3,529 1,202 0,642 0,504
13,5 77,318 81,648 102,060 402,868
747,256 364,975 174,441 111,410 61,711 25,990 10,043 3,665 1,248 0,667 0,523
14,0 80,182 84,672 105,840 417,789
774,932 378,493 180,902 115,536 63,997 26,953 10,415 3,800 1,295 0,692 0,542
14,5 83,045 87,696 109,620 432,711
802,608 392,010 187,363 119,663 66,282 27,915 10,787 3,936 1,341 0,716 0,562
15,0 85,909 90,720 113,400 447,632
830,284 405,528 193,823 123,789 68,568 28,878 11,159 4,072 1,387 0,741 0,581
smART M-6279

31
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 14 U4. Extremely inverse US curve
smART M-6279

32
Instruction Manual

I.3.5 U5. SHORT TIME INVERSE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

A = 0,00342 B = 0,00262 = 0,02 Tr = 0,323
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.5
0,163 0,172 0,215 0,850 1,753 0,898 0,469 0,326 0,211 0,124 0,078 0,054 0,038 0,029 0,024
0,6
0,196 0,207 0,258 1,020 2,103 1,077 0,563 0,392 0,254 0,149 0,094 0,064 0,045 0,035 0,028
0,7
0,228 0,241 0,301 1,190 2,454 1,257 0,657 0,457 0,296 0,173 0,110 0,075 0,053 0,041 0,033
0,8
0,261 0,276 0,345 1,360 2,805 1,436 0,751 0,522 0,338 0,198 0,125 0,086 0,060 0,046 0,038
1,0
0,326 0,345 0,431 1,700 3,506 1,795 0,939 0,653 0,423 0,248 0,157 0,107 0,075 0,058 0,047
1,5
0,489 0,517 0,646 2,550 5,259 2,693 1,408 0,979 0,634 0,371 0,235 0,161 0,113 0,087 0,071
2,0
0,653 0,689 0,861 3,400 7,011 3,590 1,878 1,305 0,845 0,495 0,313 0,214 0,150 0,116 0,095
2,5
0,816 0,861 1,077 4,250 8,764 4,488 2,347 1,632 1,057 0,619 0,391 0,268 0,188 0,145 0,118
3,0
0,979 1,034 1,292 5,100 10,517 5,385 2,816 1,958 1,268 0,743 0,470 0,322 0,226 0,174 0,142
3,5
1,142 1,206 1,507 5,950 12,270 6,283 3,286 2,284 1,479 0,867 0,548 0,375 0,263 0,203 0,166
4,0
1,305 1,378 1,723 6,800 14,023 7,180 3,755 2,611 1,691 0,990 0,626 0,429 0,301 0,232 0,189
4,5
1,468 1,550 1,938 7,650 15,776 8,078 4,225 2,937 1,902 1,114 0,705 0,482 0,338 0,261 0,213
5,0
1,631 1,723 2,153 8,500 17,529 8,975 4,694 3,263 2,113 1,238 0,783 0,536 0,376 0,290 0,236
5,5
1,794 1,895 2,369 9,350 19,281 9,873 5,163 3,590 2,325 1,362 0,861 0,589 0,414 0,319 0,260
6,0
1,958 2,067 2,584 10,200 21,034 10,770 5,633 3,916 2,536 1,486 0,939 0,643 0,451 0,348 0,284
6,5
2,121 2,239 2,799 11,050 22,787 11,668 6,102 4,242 2,747 1,609 1,018 0,697 0,489 0,377 0,307
7,0
2,284 2,412 3,015 11,900 24,540 12,565 6,572 4,569 2,959 1,733 1,096 0,750 0,526 0,406 0,331
7,5
2,447 2,584 3,230 12,750 26,293 13,463 7,041 4,895 3,170 1,857 1,174 0,804 0,564 0,435 0,355
8,0
2,610 2,756 3,445 13,600 28,046 14,360 7,511 5,221 3,381 1,981 1,253 0,857 0,601 0,464 0,378
8,5
2,773 2,929 3,661 14,450 29,799 15,258 7,980 5,548 3,593 2,105 1,331 0,911 0,639 0,493 0,402
9,0
2,936 3,101 3,876 15,300 31,551 16,155 8,449 5,874 3,804 2,229 1,409 0,965 0,677 0,522 0,426
9,5
3,099 3,273 4,091 16,150 33,304 17,053 8,919 6,200 4,015 2,352 1,487 1,018 0,714 0,551 0,449
10,0
3,263 3,445 4,307 17,000 35,057 17,951 9,388 6,527 4,227 2,476 1,566 1,072 0,752 0,580 0,473
10,5
3,426 3,618 4,522 17,850 36,810 18,848 9,858 6,853 4,438 2,600 1,644 1,125 0,789 0,609 0,497
11,0
3,589 3,790 4,737 18,700 38,563 19,746 10,327 7,179 4,649 2,724 1,722 1,179 0,827 0,638 0,520
11,5
3,752 3,962 4,953 19,550 40,316 20,643 10,796 7,506 4,860 2,848 1,801 1,232 0,865 0,667 0,544
12,0
3,915 4,134 5,168 20,400 42,069 21,541 11,266 7,832 5,072 2,971 1,879 1,286 0,902 0,696 0,567
12,5
4,078 4,307 5,383 21,250 43,821 22,438 11,735 8,158 5,283 3,095 1,957 1,340 0,940 0,725 0,591
13,0
4,241 4,479 5,599 22,100 45,574 23,336 12,205 8,485 5,494 3,219 2,035 1,393 0,977 0,754 0,615
13,5
4,405 4,651 5,814 22,950 47,327 24,233 12,674 8,811 5,706 3,343 2,114 1,447 1,015 0,783 0,638
14,0
4,568 4,823 6,029 23,800 49,080 25,131 13,143 9,137 5,917 3,467 2,192 1,500 1,053 0,812 0,662
14,5
4,731 4,996 6,245 24,650 50,833 26,028 13,613 9,464 6,128 3,590 2,270 1,554 1,090 0,841 0,686
15,0
4,894 5,168 6,460 25,500 52,586 26,926 14,082 9,790 6,340 3,714 2,349 1,608 1,128 0,870 0,709
smART M-6279

33
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0

Figure 15 U5. Short time inverse US curve
smART M-6279

34
Instruction Manual

I.4 RECLOSER CURVES
Types:
Form 4A, 4C, 5, 5/TC, 6, FX, FXA, FXB Recloser Control
101; 102; 103; 104; 105; 106; 107; 11; 112; 113; 114; 116; 117; 118; 119; 120; 121; 122; 131; 132;
133; 134; 135; 136; 137; 138; 140; 141; 142; 151; 152; 161; 162; 163; 164; 165; 200; 201; 202;
Type R, RV, RX
25 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 3 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 50Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 70 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 100
Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 140 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 160 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 185 Amp (A, B, C, D, E);
225 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 280 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 280X Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 400 Amp (A, B, C,
D, E); 400X Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 560 Amp (A, B, C, D, E); 560X Amp (A, B, C, D, E);

smART M-6279

35
Instruction Manual

I.5 OTHERS
Types:
Moderately Inverse.
Very Inverse.
Extremely Inverse.
General equation:

(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
= B
1
I
I
A
* M T
o
operate

1
I
I
tr
* M T
2
o
dropout
|
|
\
|
=

where:
T
OPERATE
: trip time (seg)
T
DROPOUT
M: Time index. Valid range from 0.5 to 30 in steps of 0.1
I: Messured current
A, B, , tr: Depending on the curve constants

Constants Moderadately inverse Very inverse Extremely inverse
A 0,0103 3,922 5,64
B 0,0228 0,9922 0,02434

0,02 2 2
Tr 4,85 21,6 29,1

Below are shown for each type of characteristic curves for the indexes 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08,
0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45,
0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 080, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00, 1.05

smART M-6279

36
Instruction Manual

I.5.1 MODERATELY INVERSE CURVE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+ =
1
*
0
1

I
I
K
K M T K = 0,0515 K
1
= 0,114 = 0,02 Tr = 4,85
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 0,245 0,259 0,323 1,276 2,643 1,355 0,711 0,495 0,322 0,190 0,122 0,084 0,060 0,047 0,039
0.06 0,294 0,310 0,388 1,532 3,172 1,626 0,853 0,594 0,386 0,228 0,146 0,101 0,072 0,057 0,047
0.07 0,343 0,362 0,453 1,787 3,701 1,897 0,995 0,693 0,451 0,266 0,170 0,118 0,084 0,066 0,055
0.08 0,392 0,414 0,517 2,042 4,229 2,168 1,137 0,792 0,515 0,304 0,195 0,135 0,097 0,076 0,063
0.09 0,441 0,466 0,582 2,297 4,758 2,439 1,279 0,891 0,580 0,342 0,219 0,152 0,109 0,085 0,071
0.10 0,490 0,517 0,647 2,553 5,287 2,711 1,421 0,990 0,644 0,380 0,243 0,169 0,121 0,095 0,079
0.11 0,539 0,569 0,711 2,808 5,815 2,982 1,563 1,089 0,708 0,418 0,268 0,186 0,133 0,104 0,087
0.12 0,588 0,621 0,776 3,063 6,344 3,253 1,705 1,188 0,773 0,456 0,292 0,203 0,145 0,114 0,094
0.13 0,637 0,673 0,841 3,318 6,872 3,524 1,848 1,287 0,837 0,494 0,316 0,219 0,157 0,123 0,102
0.14 0,686 0,724 0,905 3,574 7,401 3,795 1,990 1,386 0,901 0,532 0,341 0,236 0,169 0,133 0,110
0.15 0,735 0,776 0,970 3,829 7,930 4,066 2,132 1,485 0,966 0,570 0,365 0,253 0,181 0,142 0,118
0.16 0,784 0,828 1,035 4,084 8,458 4,337 2,274 1,584 1,030 0,609 0,389 0,270 0,193 0,152 0,126
0.17 0,833 0,879 1,099 4,339 8,987 4,608 2,416 1,683 1,095 0,647 0,413 0,287 0,205 0,161 0,134
0.18 0,882 0,931 1,164 4,595 9,516 4,879 2,558 1,783 1,159 0,685 0,438 0,304 0,217 0,171 0,142
0.19 0,931 0,983 1,229 4,850 10,044 5,150 2,700 1,882 1,223 0,723 0,462 0,321 0,229 0,180 0,149
0.20 0,980 1,035 1,293 5,105 10,573 5,421 2,842 1,981 1,288 0,761 0,486 0,338 0,241 0,190 0,157
0.25 1,225 1,293 1,617 6,382 13,216 6,776 3,553 2,476 1,610 0,951 0,608 0,422 0,302 0,237 0,197
0.30 1,470 1,552 1,940 7,658 15,860 8,132 4,263 2,971 1,932 1,141 0,730 0,506 0,362 0,284 0,236
0.35 1,715 1,811 2,263 8,934 18,503 9,487 4,974 3,466 2,254 1,331 0,851 0,591 0,422 0,332 0,275
0.40 1,960 2,069 2,587 10,211 21,146 10,842 5,685 3,961 2,576 1,521 0,973 0,675 0,483 0,379 0,315
0.45 2,205 2,328 2,910 11,487 23,789 12,197 6,395 4,456 2,898 1,711 1,094 0,760 0,543 0,427 0,354
0.50 2,449 2,587 3,233 12,763 26,433 13,553 7,106 4,951 3,220 1,902 1,216 0,844 0,603 0,474 0,393
0.55 2,694 2,845 3,557 14,039 29,076 14,908 7,816 5,447 3,541 2,092 1,338 0,929 0,664 0,521 0,433
0.60 2,939 3,104 3,880 15,316 31,719 16,263 8,527 5,942 3,863 2,282 1,459 1,013 0,724 0,569 0,472
0.65 3,184 3,363 4,203 16,592 34,362 17,618 9,238 6,437 4,185 2,472 1,581 1,097 0,784 0,616 0,511
0.70 3,429 3,621 4,527 17,868 37,006 18,974 9,948 6,932 4,507 2,662 1,703 1,182 0,845 0,664 0,551
0.75 3,674 3,880 4,850 19,145 39,649 20,329 10,659 7,427 4,829 2,852 1,824 1,266 0,905 0,711 0,590
0.80 3,919 4,139 5,173 20,421 42,292 21,684 11,369 7,922 5,151 3,043 1,946 1,351 0,965 0,758 0,629
0.85 4,164 4,397 5,497 21,697 44,935 23,040 12,080 8,417 5,473 3,233 2,067 1,435 1,026 0,806 0,669
0.90 4,409 4,656 5,820 22,974 47,579 24,395 12,790 8,913 5,795 3,423 2,189 1,519 1,086 0,853 0,708
0.95 4,654 4,915 6,143 24,250 50,222 25,750 13,501 9,408 6,117 3,613 2,311 1,604 1,146 0,901 0,747
1.00 4,899 5,173 6,467 25,526 52,865 27,105 14,212 9,903 6,439 3,803 2,432 1,688 1,207 0,948 0,787
1.05 5,144 5,432 6,790 26,803 55,509 28,461 14,922 10,398 6,761 3,993 2,554 1,773 1,267 0,995 0,826
smART M-6279

37
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 16 Moderately inverse curve
smART M-6279

38
Instruction Manual

I.5.2 VERY INVERSE CURVE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+ =
1
*
0
1

I
I
K
K M T K = 19,61 K
1
= 0,491 = 2 Tr = 21,6
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 1,091 1,152 1,440 5,684 9,590 4,694 2,253 1,446 0,809 0,351 0,147 0,065 0,034 0,027 0,025
0.06 1,309 1,382 1,728 6,821 11,508 5,632 2,704 1,735 0,971 0,422 0,177 0,078 0,041 0,032 0,030
0.07 1,527 1,613 2,016 7,958 13,427 6,571 3,154 2,024 1,133 0,492 0,206 0,092 0,048 0,038 0,035
0.08 1,745 1,843 2,304 9,095 15,345 7,510 3,605 2,313 1,294 0,562 0,235 0,105 0,055 0,043 0,040
0.09 1,964 2,074 2,592 10,232 17,263 8,448 4,055 2,602 1,456 0,632 0,265 0,118 0,062 0,049 0,045
0.10 2,182 2,304 2,880 11,368 19,181 9,387 4,506 2,891 1,618 0,703 0,294 0,131 0,069 0,054 0,050
0.11 2,400 2,534 3,168 12,505 21,099 10,326 4,957 3,180 1,780 0,773 0,324 0,144 0,076 0,059 0,055
0.12 2,618 2,765 3,456 13,642 23,017 11,265 5,407 3,469 1,941 0,843 0,353 0,157 0,083 0,065 0,060
0.13 2,836 2,995 3,744 14,779 24,935 12,203 5,858 3,758 2,103 0,914 0,382 0,170 0,090 0,070 0,065
0.14 3,055 3,226 4,032 15,916 26,853 13,142 6,308 4,048 2,265 0,984 0,412 0,183 0,096 0,076 0,070
0.15 3,273 3,456 4,320 17,053 28,771 14,081 6,759 4,337 2,427 1,054 0,441 0,196 0,103 0,081 0,075
0.16 3,491 3,686 4,608 18,189 30,689 15,020 7,209 4,626 2,589 1,124 0,471 0,209 0,110 0,086 0,081
0.17 3,709 3,917 4,896 19,326 32,607 15,958 7,660 4,915 2,750 1,195 0,500 0,222 0,117 0,092 0,086
0.18 3,927 4,147 5,184 20,463 34,525 16,897 8,111 5,204 2,912 1,265 0,530 0,235 0,124 0,097 0,091
0.19 4,145 4,378 5,472 21,600 36,444 17,836 8,561 5,493 3,074 1,335 0,559 0,249 0,131 0,103 0,096
0.20 4,364 4,608 5,760 22,737 38,362 18,774 9,012 5,782 3,236 1,406 0,588 0,262 0,138 0,108 0,101
0.25 5,455 5,760 7,200 28,421 47,952 23,468 11,265 7,228 4,045 1,757 0,736 0,327 0,172 0,135 0,126
0.30 6,545 6,912 8,640 34,105 57,542 28,162 13,518 8,673 4,854 2,108 0,883 0,392 0,207 0,162 0,151
0.35 7,636 8,064 10,080 39,789 67,133 32,855 15,771 10,119 5,663 2,460 1,030 0,458 0,241 0,189 0,176
0.40 8,727 9,216 11,520 45,474 76,723 37,549 18,024 11,565 6,472 2,811 1,177 0,523 0,276 0,216 0,201
0.45 9,818 10,368 12,960 51,158 86,314 42,242 20,277 13,010 7,281 3,162 1,324 0,589 0,310 0,243 0,226
0.50 10,909 11,520 14,400 56,842 95,904 46,936 22,530 14,456 8,090 3,514 1,471 0,654 0,345 0,270 0,252
0.55 12,000 12,672 15,840 62,526 105,494 51,630 24,783 15,901 8,898 3,865 1,618 0,719 0,379 0,297 0,277
0.60 13,091 13,824 17,280 68,211 115,085 56,323 27,036 17,347 9,707 4,217 1,765 0,785 0,413 0,324 0,302
0.65 14,182 14,976 18,720 73,895 124,675 61,017 29,288 18,792 10,516 4,568 1,912 0,850 0,448 0,351 0,327
0.70 15,273 16,128 20,160 79,579 134,266 65,710 31,541 20,238 11,325 4,919 2,060 0,916 0,482 0,378 0,352
0.75 16,364 17,280 21,600 85,263 143,856 70,404 33,794 21,683 12,134 5,271 2,207 0,981 0,517 0,405 0,377
0.80 17,455 18,432 23,040 90,947 153,446 75,098 36,047 23,129 12,943 5,622 2,354 1,046 0,551 0,432 0,403
0.85 18,545 19,584 24,480 96,632 163,037 79,791 38,300 24,575 13,752 5,974 2,501 1,112 0,586 0,459 0,428
0.90 19,636 20,736 25,920 102,316 172,627 84,485 40,553 26,020 14,561 6,325 2,648 1,177 0,620 0,486 0,453
0.95 20,727 21,888 27,360 108,000 182,218 89,178 42,806 27,466 15,370 6,676 2,795 1,243 0,655 0,513 0,478
1.00 21,818 23,040 28,800 113,684 191,808 93,872 45,059 28,911 16,179 7,028 2,942 1,308 0,689 0,540 0,503
1.05 22,909 24,192 30,240 119,368 201,398 98,566 47,312 30,357 16,988 7,379 3,089 1,373 0,724 0,567 0,528
smART M-6279

39
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 17 Very inverse curve
smART M-6279

40
Instruction Manual

I.5.3 EXTREMELY INVERSE CURVE
(
(
(
(
(
|
|
\
|
+ =
1
*
0
1

I
I
K
K M T K = 28,2 K
1
= 0,1217 = 2 Tr = 29,1
M I/Io 0,1 0,25 0,5 0,90 1,05 1,10 1,20 1,30 1,5 2 3 5 10 20 40
0.05 1,470 1,552 1,940 7,658 13,762 6,720 3,211 2,050 1,134 0,476 0,182 0,065 0,020 0,010 0,007
0.06 1,764 1,862 2,328 9,189 16,515 8,064 3,853 2,459 1,361 0,571 0,219 0,078 0,024 0,012 0,008
0.07 2,058 2,173 2,716 10,721 19,267 9,409 4,495 2,869 1,588 0,667 0,255 0,091 0,028 0,013 0,010
0.08 2,352 2,483 3,104 12,253 22,019 10,753 5,137 3,279 1,815 0,762 0,292 0,104 0,033 0,015 0,011
0.09 2,645 2,794 3,492 13,784 24,772 12,097 5,779 3,689 2,041 0,857 0,328 0,117 0,037 0,017 0,013
0.10 2,939 3,104 3,880 15,316 27,524 13,441 6,421 4,099 2,268 0,952 0,365 0,130 0,041 0,019 0,014
0.11 3,233 3,414 4,268 16,847 30,277 14,785 7,063 4,509 2,495 1,047 0,401 0,143 0,045 0,021 0,015
0.12 3,527 3,725 4,656 18,379 33,029 16,129 7,706 4,919 2,722 1,143 0,438 0,156 0,049 0,023 0,017
0.13 3,821 4,035 5,044 19,911 35,782 17,473 8,348 5,329 2,949 1,238 0,474 0,169 0,053 0,025 0,018
0.14 4,115 4,346 5,432 21,442 38,534 18,817 8,990 5,739 3,175 1,333 0,511 0,182 0,057 0,027 0,020
0.15 4,409 4,656 5,820 22,974 41,287 20,161 9,632 6,149 3,402 1,428 0,547 0,195 0,061 0,029 0,021
0.16 4,703 4,966 6,208 24,505 44,039 21,505 10,274 6,559 3,629 1,523 0,583 0,207 0,065 0,031 0,022
0.17 4,997 5,277 6,596 26,037 46,791 22,849 10,916 6,969 3,856 1,619 0,620 0,220 0,069 0,033 0,024
0.18 5,291 5,587 6,984 27,568 49,544 24,193 11,558 7,378 4,083 1,714 0,656 0,233 0,073 0,035 0,025
0.19 5,585 5,898 7,372 29,100 52,296 25,537 12,200 7,788 4,310 1,809 0,693 0,246 0,077 0,037 0,026
0.20 5,879 6,208 7,760 30,632 55,049 26,881 12,843 8,198 4,536 1,904 0,729 0,259 0,081 0,038 0,028
0.25 7,348 7,760 9,700 38,289 68,811 33,602 16,053 10,248 5,670 2,380 0,912 0,324 0,102 0,048 0,035
0.30 8,818 9,312 11,640 45,947 82,573 40,322 19,264 12,297 6,805 2,857 1,094 0,389 0,122 0,058 0,042
0.35 10,288 10,864 13,580 53,605 96,335 47,043 22,474 14,347 7,939 3,333 1,276 0,454 0,142 0,067 0,049
0.40 11,758 12,416 15,520 61,263 110,097 53,763 25,685 16,397 9,073 3,809 1,459 0,519 0,163 0,077 0,056
0.45 13,227 13,968 17,460 68,921 123,860 60,483 28,896 18,446 10,207 4,285 1,641 0,584 0,183 0,087 0,063
0.50 14,697 15,520 19,400 76,579 137,622 67,204 32,106 20,496 11,341 4,761 1,823 0,648 0,203 0,096 0,070
0.55 16,167 17,072 21,340 84,237 151,384 73,924 35,317 22,545 12,475 5,237 2,006 0,713 0,224 0,106 0,077
0.60 17,636 18,624 23,280 91,895 165,146 80,644 38,528 24,595 13,609 5,713 2,188 0,778 0,244 0,115 0,084
0.65 19,106 20,176 25,220 99,553 178,908 87,365 41,738 26,644 14,743 6,189 2,370 0,843 0,264 0,125 0,091
0.70 20,576 21,728 27,160 107,211 192,671 94,085 44,949 28,694 15,877 6,665 2,553 0,908 0,285 0,135 0,098
0.75 22,045 23,280 29,100 114,868 206,433 100,806 48,159 30,743 17,011 7,141 2,735 0,973 0,305 0,144 0,105
0.80 23,515 24,832 31,040 122,526 220,195 107,526 51,370 32,793 18,145 7,617 2,917 1,037 0,325 0,154 0,111
0.85 24,985 26,384 32,980 130,184 233,957 114,246 54,581 34,843 19,279 8,093 3,100 1,102 0,346 0,164 0,118
0.90 26,455 27,936 34,920 137,842 247,719 120,967 57,791 36,892 20,414 8,570 3,282 1,167 0,366 0,173 0,125
0.95 27,924 29,488 36,860 145,500 261,481 127,687 61,002 38,942 21,548 9,046 3,464 1,232 0,386 0,183 0,132
1.00 29,394 31,040 38,800 153,158 275,244 134,407 64,213 40,991 22,682 9,522 3,647 1,297 0,407 0,192 0,139
1.05 30,864 32,592 40,740 160,816 289,006 141,128 67,423 43,041 23,816 9,998 3,829 1,362 0,427 0,202 0,146
smART M-6279

41
Instruction Manual

0,01
0,1
1
10
100
1000
0,1 1 10 100
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
1
1.05

Figure 18 Extremely inverse curve
smART M-6279

42
Instruction Manual

ProART en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ProART en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ProART en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

smART M-6279

MULTIFUNCTION PROTECTION RELAY

: Phase angle between voltage

You might also like